len0rd/FreeRTOS-Kernel
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel.git synced 2025-04-19 21:11:57 -04:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

First version of STR75x RIDE port and demo.

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Richard Barry 2006-11-19 13:20:37 +00:00
parent b2a52ede55
commit 6ac900dc95
56 changed files with 20385 additions and 0 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

77
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/FreeRTOSConfig.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
FreeRTOS.org V4.1.2 - Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Richard Barry.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS.org distribution.
FreeRTOS.org is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
FreeRTOS.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with FreeRTOS.org; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
A special exception to the GPL can be applied should you wish to distribute
a combined work that includes FreeRTOS.org, without being obliged to provide
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details of how and when the exception
can be applied.
***************************************************************************
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org for documentation, latest information, license
and contact details. Please ensure to read the configuration and relevant
port sections of the online documentation.
***************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
#include <75x_lib.h>
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Application specific definitions.
*
* These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
* application requirements.
*
* THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
* FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1
#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( ( unsigned portLONG ) 60000000 ) /* Timer clock. */
#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ( ( portTickType ) 1000 )
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 5 )
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ( ( unsigned portSHORT ) 100 )
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ( ( size_t ) 12800 )
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ( 16 )
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 0
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ( 2 )
/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
to exclude the API function. */
#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */

137
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/ParTest/ParTest.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/*
FreeRTOS.org V4.1.2 - Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Richard Barry.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS.org distribution.
FreeRTOS.org is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
FreeRTOS.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with FreeRTOS.org; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
A special exception to the GPL can be applied should you wish to distribute
a combined work that includes FreeRTOS.org, without being obliged to provide
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details of how and when the exception
can be applied.
***************************************************************************
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org for documentation, latest information, license
and contact details. Please ensure to read the configuration and relevant
port sections of the online documentation.
***************************************************************************
*/
/* Library includes. */
#include "75x_GPIO.h"
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
/* Demo application includes. */
#include "partest.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Simple parallel port IO routines for the LED's
*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define partstNUM_LEDS 4
typedef struct GPIOMAP
{
GPIO_TypeDef *pxPort;
unsigned portLONG ulPin;
unsigned portLONG ulValue;
} GPIO_MAP;
static GPIO_MAP xLEDMap[ partstNUM_LEDS ] =
{
{ ( GPIO_TypeDef * )GPIO1_BASE, GPIO_Pin_1, 0UL },
{ ( GPIO_TypeDef * )GPIO0_BASE, GPIO_Pin_16, 0UL },
{ ( GPIO_TypeDef * )GPIO2_BASE, GPIO_Pin_18, 0UL },
{ ( GPIO_TypeDef * )GPIO2_BASE, GPIO_Pin_19, 0UL }
};
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vParTestInitialise( void )
{
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure ;
/* Configure the bits used to flash LED's on port 1 as output. */
/* Configure LED3 */
GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_Out_PP;
GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_16;
GPIO_Init(GPIO0,&GPIO_InitStructure);
/* Configure LED2 */
GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_1;
GPIO_Init(GPIO1, &GPIO_InitStructure);
/* Configure LED4 and LED5 */
GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_18 | GPIO_Pin_19;
GPIO_Init(GPIO2, &GPIO_InitStructure);
vParTestSetLED( 0, 0 );
vParTestSetLED( 1, 0 );
vParTestSetLED( 2, 0 );
vParTestSetLED( 3, 0 );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vParTestSetLED( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLED, signed portBASE_TYPE xValue )
{
if( uxLED < partstNUM_LEDS )
{
portENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( xValue )
{
GPIO_WriteBit( xLEDMap[ uxLED ].pxPort, xLEDMap[ uxLED ].ulPin, Bit_RESET );
xLEDMap[ uxLED ].ulValue = 0;
}
else
{
GPIO_WriteBit( xLEDMap[ uxLED ].pxPort, xLEDMap[ uxLED ].ulPin, Bit_SET );
xLEDMap[ uxLED ].ulValue = 1;
}
}
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vParTestToggleLED( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLED )
{
if( uxLED < partstNUM_LEDS )
{
portENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( xLEDMap[ uxLED ].ulValue == 1 )
{
GPIO_WriteBit( xLEDMap[ uxLED ].pxPort, xLEDMap[ uxLED ].ulPin, Bit_RESET );
xLEDMap[ uxLED ].ulValue = 0;
}
else
{
GPIO_WriteBit( xLEDMap[ uxLED ].pxPort, xLEDMap[ uxLED ].ulPin, Bit_SET );
xLEDMap[ uxLED ].ulValue = 1;
}
}
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
}

177
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_adc.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_adc.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* ADC software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_ADC_H
#define __75x_ADC_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* ADC Init structure definition */
typedef struct
{
u16 ADC_ConversionMode;
u16 ADC_ExtTrigger;
u16 ADC_AutoClockOff;
u8 ADC_SamplingPrescaler;
u8 ADC_ConversionPrescaler;
u8 ADC_FirstChannel;
u8 ADC_ChannelNumber;
}ADC_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* ADC control status flags */
#define ADC_FLAG_ECH 0x0001
#define ADC_FLAG_EOC 0x0002
#define ADC_FLAG_JECH 0x0004
#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC 0x0008
#define ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog0_LowThreshold 0x0010
#define ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog0_HighThreshold 0x0020
#define ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog1_LowThreshold 0x0040
#define ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog1_HighThreshold 0x0080
#define ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog2_LowThreshold 0x0100
#define ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog2_HighThreshold 0x0200
#define ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog3_LowThreshold 0x0400
#define ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog3_HighThreshold 0x0800
/* ADC Interrupt sources */
#define ADC_IT_ECH 0x0001
#define ADC_IT_EOC 0x0002
#define ADC_IT_JECH 0x0004
#define ADC_IT_JEOC 0x0008
#define ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog0_LowThreshold 0x0010
#define ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog0_HighThreshold 0x0020
#define ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog1_LowThreshold 0x0040
#define ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog1_HighThreshold 0x0080
#define ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog2_LowThreshold 0x0100
#define ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog2_HighThreshold 0x0200
#define ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog3_LowThreshold 0x0400
#define ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog3_HighThreshold 0x0800
#define ADC_IT_ALL 0x0FFF
/* ADC Watchdogs Thresholds */
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog0 0x0030
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog1 0x00C0
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog2 0x0300
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog3 0x0C00
/* ADC Channels */
#define ADC_CHANNEL0 0x0
#define ADC_CHANNEL1 0x1
#define ADC_CHANNEL2 0x2
#define ADC_CHANNEL3 0x3
#define ADC_CHANNEL4 0x4
#define ADC_CHANNEL5 0x5
#define ADC_CHANNEL6 0x6
#define ADC_CHANNEL7 0x7
#define ADC_CHANNEL8 0x8
#define ADC_CHANNEL9 0x9
#define ADC_CHANNEL10 0xA
#define ADC_CHANNEL11 0xB
#define ADC_CHANNEL12 0xC
#define ADC_CHANNEL13 0xD
#define ADC_CHANNEL14 0xE
#define ADC_CHANNEL15 0xF
/* ADC DMA Channels */
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL0 0x0001
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL1 0x0002
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL2 0x0004
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL3 0x0008
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL4 0x0010
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL5 0x0020
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL6 0x0040
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL7 0x0080
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL8 0x0100
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL9 0x0200
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL10 0x0400
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL11 0x0800
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL12 0x1000
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL13 0x2000
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL14 0x4000
#define ADC_DMA_CHANNEL15 0x8000
/* Trigger conversion detection */
#define ADC_ExtTrigger_LowLevel 0x4FFF
#define ADC_ExtTrigger_HighLevel 0x5000
#define ADC_ExtTrigger_FallingEdge 0x6000
#define ADC_ExtTrigger_RisingEdge 0x7000
#define ADC_ExtTrigger_Disable 0x8FFF
/* DMA enable config */
#define ADC_DMA_ExtTrigger_HighLevel 0x6000
#define ADC_DMA_ExtTrigger_LowLevel 0x4FFF
#define ADC_DMA_Enable 0x8000
#define ADC_DMA_Disable 0x3FFF
/* Injected Trigger conversion detection */
#define ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_RisingEdge 0x6000
#define ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_FallingEdge 0xDFFF
#define ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_Disable 0x3FFF
/* Start Conversion */
#define ADC_Conversion_Start 0x0001
#define ADC_Conversion_Stop 0xFFFE
/* ADC Conversion Modes */
#define ADC_ConversionMode_Scan 0x8000
#define ADC_ConversionMode_OneShot 0x7FFF
/* Auto Clock Off */
#define ADC_AutoClockOff_Enable 0x4000
#define ADC_AutoClockOff_Disable 0xBFFF
/* Calibration */
#define ADC_Calibration_ON 0x0002
#define ADC_CalibAverage_Disable 0x0020
#define ADC_CalibAverage_Enable 0xFFDF
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
void ADC_DeInit(void);
void ADC_Init(ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct);
void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct);
void ADC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_StartCalibration(u16 ADC_CalibAverage);
FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(void);
void ADC_ConversionCmd(u16 ADC_Conversion);
FlagStatus ADC_GetSTARTBitStatus(void);
void ADC_AutoClockOffConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
u16 ADC_GetConversionValue(u8 ADC_CHANNEL);
void ADC_ITConfig(u16 ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogConfig(u16 ADC_AnalogWatchdog, u8 ADC_CHANNEL,
u16 LowThreshold, u16 HighThreshold);
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(u16 ADC_AnalogWatchdog, FunctionalState NewState);
u16 ADC_GetAnalogWatchdogResult(u16 ADC_AnalogWatchdog);
void ADC_StartInjectedConversion(void);
void ADC_InjectedConversionConfig(u16 ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger, u8 FirstChannel, u8 ChannelNumber);
void ADC_DMAConfig(u16 ADC_DMA_CHANNEL, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_DMACmd(u16 ADC_DMA);
u16 ADC_GetDMAFirstEnabledChannel(void);
FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(u16 ADC_FLAG);
void ADC_ClearFlag(u16 ADC_FLAG);
ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(u16 ADC_IT);
void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(u16 ADC_IT);
#endif /*__75x_ADC_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

165
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_can.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_can.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* CAN bus software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_CAN_H
#define __75x_CAN_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* CAN Init structure define */
typedef struct
{
u8 CAN_ConfigParameters;
u32 CAN_Bitrate;
}CAN_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Standard bitrates available*/
enum
{
CAN_BITRATE_100K,
CAN_BITRATE_125K,
CAN_BITRATE_250K,
CAN_BITRATE_500K,
CAN_BITRATE_1M
};
/* Control register*/
#define CAN_CR_TEST 0x0080
#define CAN_CR_CCE 0x0040
#define CAN_CR_DAR 0x0020
#define CAN_CR_EIE 0x0008
#define CAN_CR_SIE 0x0004
#define CAN_CR_IE 0x0002
#define CAN_CR_INIT 0x0001
/* Status register */
#define CAN_SR_BOFF 0x0080
#define CAN_SR_EWARN 0x0040
#define CAN_SR_EPASS 0x0020
#define CAN_SR_RXOK 0x0010
#define CAN_SR_TXOK 0x0008
#define CAN_SR_LEC 0x0007
/* Test register*/
#define CAN_TESTR_RX 0x0080
#define CAN_TESTR_TX1 0x0040
#define CAN_TESTR_TX0 0x0020
#define CAN_TESTR_LBACK 0x0010
#define CAN_TESTR_SILENT 0x0008
#define CAN_TESTR_BASIC 0x0004
/* IFn / Command Request register*/
#define CAN_CRR_BUSY 0x8000
/* IFn / Command Mask register*/
#define CAN_CMR_WRRD 0x0080
#define CAN_CMR_MASK 0x0040
#define CAN_CMR_ARB 0x0020
#define CAN_CMR_CONTROL 0x0010
#define CAN_CMR_CLRINTPND 0x0008
#define CAN_CMR_TXRQSTNEWDAT 0x0004
#define CAN_CMR_DATAA 0x0002
#define CAN_CMR_DATAB 0x0001
/* IFn / Mask 2 register*/
#define CAN_M2R_MXTD 0x8000
#define CAN_M2R_MDIR 0x4000
/* IFn / Arbitration 2 register*/
#define CAN_A2R_MSGVAL 0x8000
#define CAN_A2R_XTD 0x4000
#define CAN_A2R_DIR 0x2000
/* IFn / Message Control register*/
#define CAN_MCR_NEWDAT 0x8000
#define CAN_MCR_MSGLST 0x4000
#define CAN_MCR_INTPND 0x2000
#define CAN_MCR_UMASK 0x1000
#define CAN_MCR_TXIE 0x0800
#define CAN_MCR_RXIE 0x0400
#define CAN_MCR_RMTEN 0x0200
#define CAN_MCR_TXRQST 0x0100
#define CAN_MCR_EOB 0x0080
/* Wake-up modes*/
enum
{
CAN_WAKEUP_ON_EXT,
CAN_WAKEUP_ON_CAN
};
/* CAN message structure*/
typedef struct
{
u32 IdType;
u32 Id;
u8 Dlc;
u8 Data[8];
} canmsg;
/* Message ID types*/
enum
{
CAN_STD_ID,
CAN_EXT_ID
};
/* Message ID limits*/
#define CAN_LAST_STD_ID ((1<<11) - 1)
#define CAN_LAST_EXT_ID ((1L<<29) - 1)
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void CAN_Init (CAN_InitTypeDef *CAN_InitStruct);
void CAN_DeInit (void);
void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef *CAN_InitStruct);
void CAN_SetBitrate(u32 bitrate);
void CAN_SetTiming(u32 tseg1, u32 tseg2, u32 sjw, u32 brp);
ErrorStatus CAN_SetUnusedMsgObj(u32 msgobj);
ErrorStatus CAN_SetTxMsgObj(u32 msgobj, u32 idType);
ErrorStatus CAN_SetRxMsgObj(u32 msgobj, u32 idType, u32 idLow, u32 idHigh, bool singleOrFifoLast);
void CAN_InvalidateAllMsgObj(void);
ErrorStatus CAN_ReleaseMessage(u32 msgobj);
ErrorStatus CAN_SendMessage(u32 msgobj, canmsg* pCanMsg);
ErrorStatus CAN_ReceiveMessage(u32 msgobj, bool release, canmsg* pCanMsg);
ErrorStatus CAN_WaitEndOfTx(void);
ErrorStatus CAN_BasicSendMessage(canmsg* pCanMsg);
ErrorStatus CAN_BasicReceiveMessage(canmsg* pCanMsg);
void CAN_EnterTestMode(u8 TestMask);
void CAN_EnterInitMode(u8 InitMask);
void CAN_LeaveInitMode(void);
void CAN_LeaveTestMode(void);
void CAN_ReleaseTxMessage(u32 msgobj);
void CAN_ReleaseRxMessage(u32 msgobj);
u32 CAN_IsMessageWaiting(u32 msgobj);
u32 CAN_IsTransmitRequested(u32 msgobj);
u32 CAN_IsInterruptPending(u32 msgobj);
u32 CAN_IsObjectValid(u32 msgobj);
#endif /* __75x_CAN_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

48
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_cfg.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_cfg.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* CFG software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_CFG_H
#define __75x_CFG_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
#define CFG_BootSpace_FLASH 0x00000000
#define CFG_BootSpace_SRAM 0x00000002
#define CFG_BootSpace_ExtSMI 0x00000003
#define CFG_FLASHBurst_Disable 0xFFFFFEFF
#define CFG_FLASHBurst_Enable 0x00000100
#define CFG_USBFilter_Disable 0xFFFFFDFF
#define CFG_USBFilter_Enable 0x00000200
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void CFG_BootSpaceConfig(u32 CFG_BootSpace);
void CFG_FLASHBurstConfig(u32 CFG_FLASHBurst);
void CFG_USBFilterConfig(u32 CFG_USBFilter);
FlagStatus CFG_GetFlagStatus(void);
#endif /* __75x_CFG_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

106
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_conf.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_conf.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : Library configuration file.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_CONF_H
#define __75x_CONF_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Comment the line below to compile the library in release mode */
//#define DEBUG
/************************************* SMI ************************************/
//#define _SMI
/************************************* CFG ************************************/
#define _CFG
/************************************* MRCC ************************************/
#define _MRCC
/************************************* ADC ************************************/
//#define _ADC
/************************************* TB *************************************/
#define _TB
/************************************* TIM ************************************/
#define _TIM
#define _TIM0
#define _TIM1
#define _TIM2
/************************************* PWM ************************************/
#define _PWM
/************************************* WDG ************************************/
#define _WDG
/************************************* SSP ************************************/
//#define _SSP
//#define _SSP0
//#define _SSP1
/************************************* CAN ************************************/
//#define _CAN
/************************************* I2C ************************************/
//#define _I2C
/************************************* UART ***********************************/
#define _UART
#define _UART0
#define _UART1
#define _UART2
/************************************* GPIO ***********************************/
#define _GPIO
#define _GPIO0
#define _GPIO1
#define _GPIO2
#define _GPIOREMAP
/************************************* DMA ************************************/
//#define _DMA
//#define _DMA_Stream0
//#define _DMA_Stream1
//#define _DMA_Stream2
//#define _DMA_Stream3
/************************************* RTC ************************************/
//#define _RTC
/************************************* EXTIT **********************************/
#define _EXTIT
/************************************* EIC ************************************/
#define _EIC
/* Comment the following line, depending on the external Quartz oscillator used
in your application */
#define Main_Oscillator 4000000 /* 4 MHz Quartz oscillator used */
//#define Main_Oscillator 8000000 /* 8 MHz Quartz oscillator used */
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
#endif /* __75x_CONF_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

140
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_dma.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_dma.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* DMA software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion ------------------------------------ */
#ifndef __75x_DMA_H
#define __75x_DMA_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* DMA Init structure definition */
typedef struct
{
u32 DMA_SRCBaseAddr;
u32 DMA_DSTBaseAddr;
u16 DMA_BufferSize;
u16 DMA_SRC;
u16 DMA_DST;
u16 DMA_SRCSize;
u16 DMA_SRCBurst;
u16 DMA_DSTSize;
u16 DMA_Mode;
u16 DMA_M2M;
u16 DMA_DIR;
}DMA_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* DMA interrupt Mask */
#define DMA_IT_SI0 0x0001
#define DMA_IT_SI1 0x0002
#define DMA_IT_SI2 0x0004
#define DMA_IT_SI3 0x0008
#define DMA_IT_SE0 0x0010
#define DMA_IT_SE1 0x0020
#define DMA_IT_SE2 0x0040
#define DMA_IT_SE3 0x0080
#define DMA_IT_ALL 0x00FF
/* DMA Flags */
#define DMA_FLAG_SI0 0x0001
#define DMA_FLAG_SI1 0x0002
#define DMA_FLAG_SI2 0x0004
#define DMA_FLAG_SI3 0x0008
#define DMA_FLAG_SE0 0x0010
#define DMA_FLAG_SE1 0x0020
#define DMA_FLAG_SE2 0x0040
#define DMA_FLAG_SE3 0x0080
#define DMA_FLAG_ACT0 0x0100
#define DMA_FLAG_ACT1 0x0200
#define DMA_FLAG_ACT2 0x0400
#define DMA_FLAG_ACT3 0x0800
/* DMA Increment Current Source Register */
#define DMA_SRC_INCR 0x0002
#define DMA_SRC_NOT_INCR 0xFFFD
/* DMA Increment Current Destination Register */
#define DMA_DST_INCR 0x0004
#define DMA_DST_NOT_INCR 0xFFFB
/* Source to DMA data width */
#define DMA_SRCSize_Byte 0x0000
#define DMA_SRCSize_HalfWord 0x0008
#define DMA_SRCSize_Word 0x0010
/* DMA source burst size */
#define DMA_SRCBurst_1Data 0x0000
#define DMA_SRCBurst_4Data 0x0020
#define DMA_SRCBurst_8Data 0x0040
#define DMA_SRCBurst_16Data 0x0060
/* DMA destination data width */
#define DMA_DSTSize_Byte 0x0000
#define DMA_DSTSize_HalfWord 0x0080
#define DMA_DSTSize_Word 0x0100
/* DMA mode */
#define DMA_Mode_Circular 0x0200
#define DMA_Mode_Normal 0xFDFF
/* Memory to Memory Transfer */
#define DMA_M2M_Enable 0x0800
#define DMA_M2M_Disable 0xF7FF
/* Direction Transfer */
#define DMA_DIR_PeriphDST 0x2000
#define DMA_DIR_PeriphSRC 0xDFFF
/* DMA streamx Registers */
#define DMA_SOURCEL 0x00000000 /* source base address low register */
#define DMA_SOURCEH 0x00000004 /* source base address high register */
#define DMA_DESTL 0x00000008 /* destination base address low register */
#define DMA_DESTH 0x0000000C /* destination base address high register */
#define DMA_MAX 0x00000010 /* Maximum count register */
#define DMA_CTRL 0x00000014 /* Control register */
#define DMA_SOCURRH 0x00000018 /* Current Source address high register */
#define DMA_SOCURRL 0x0000001C /* Current Source address low register */
#define DMA_DECURRH 0x00000020 /* Current Destination address high register */
#define DMA_DECURRL 0x00000024 /* Current Destination address low register */
#define DMA_TCNT 0x00000028 /* Terminal Counter Register */
#define DMA_LUBUFF 0x0000002C /* Last Used Buffer location */
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx);
void DMA_Init(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState);
void DMA_ITConfig(u16 DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
u32 DMA_GetCurrDSTAddr(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx);
u32 DMA_GetCurrSRCAddr(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx);
u16 DMA_GetTerminalCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx);
void DMA_LastBufferSweepConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState);
void DMA_LastBufferAddrConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx, u16 DMA_LastBufferAddr);
FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(u16 DMA_FLAG);
void DMA_ClearFlag(u16 DMA_FLAG);
ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(u16 DMA_IT);
void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(u16 DMA_IT);
#endif /* __75x_DMA_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

97
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_eic.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_eic.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* EIC software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_EIC_H
#define __75x_EIC_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
u8 EIC_IRQChannel;
u8 EIC_IRQChannelPriority;
FunctionalState EIC_IRQChannelCmd;
}EIC_IRQInitTypeDef;
typedef struct
{
u8 EIC_FIQChannel;
FunctionalState EIC_FIQChannelCmd;
}EIC_FIQInitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* IRQ channels */
#define WAKUP_IRQChannel 0
#define TIM2_OC2_IRQChannel 1
#define TIM2_OC1_IRQChannel 2
#define TIM2_IC12_IRQChannel 3
#define TIM2_UP_IRQChannel 4
#define TIM1_OC2_IRQChannel 5
#define TIM1_OC1_IRQChannel 6
#define TIM1_IC12_IRQChannel 7
#define TIM1_UP_IRQChannel 8
#define TIM0_OC2_IRQChannel 9
#define TIM0_OC1_IRQChannel 10
#define TIM0_IC12_IRQChannel 11
#define TIM0_UP_IRQChannel 12
#define PWM_OC123_IRQChannel 13
#define PWM_EM_IRQChannel 14
#define PWM_UP_IRQChannel 15
#define I2C_IRQChannel 16
#define SSP1_IRQChannel 17
#define SSP0_IRQChannel 18
#define UART2_IRQChannel 19
#define UART1_IRQChannel 20
#define UART0_IRQChannel 21
#define CAN_IRQChannel 22
#define USB_LP_IRQChannel 23
#define USB_HP_IRQChannel 24
#define ADC_IRQChannel 25
#define DMA_IRQChannel 26
#define EXTIT_IRQChannel 27
#define MRCC_IRQChannel 28
#define FLASHSMI_IRQChannel 29
#define RTC_IRQChannel 30
#define TB_IRQChannel 31
/* FIQ channels */
#define EXTIT_Line0_FIQChannel 0x00000001
#define WATCHDOG_FIQChannel 0x00000002
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void EIC_DeInit(void);
void EIC_IRQInit(EIC_IRQInitTypeDef* EIC_IRQInitStruct);
void EIC_FIQInit(EIC_FIQInitTypeDef* EIC_FIQInitStruct);
void EIC_IRQStructInit(EIC_IRQInitTypeDef* EIC_IRQInitStruct);
void EIC_FIQStructInit(EIC_FIQInitTypeDef* EIC_FIQInitStruct);
void EIC_IRQCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void EIC_FIQCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
u8 EIC_GetCurrentIRQChannel(void);
u8 EIC_GetCurrentIRQChannelPriority(void);
void EIC_CurrentIRQPriorityConfig(u8 NewPriority);
u8 EIC_GetCurrentFIQChannel(void);
void EIC_ClearFIQPendingBit(u8 EIC_FIQChannel);
#endif /* __75x_EIC_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

77
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_extit.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_extit.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* EXTIT software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_EXTIT_H
#define __75x_EXTIT_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* EXTIT Trigger enumeration */
typedef enum
{
EXTIT_ITTrigger_Falling = 1,
EXTIT_ITTrigger_Rising
}EXTITTrigger_TypeDef;
/* EXTIT Init Structure definition */
typedef struct
{
u32 EXTIT_ITLine;
EXTITTrigger_TypeDef EXTIT_ITTrigger;
FunctionalState EXTIT_ITLineCmd;
}EXTIT_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* EXTIT Lines */
#define EXTIT_ITLineNone 0x0000 /* No interrupt selected */
#define EXTIT_ITLine0 0x0001 /* External interrupt line 0 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine1 0x0002 /* External interrupt line 1 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine2 0x0004 /* External interrupt line 2 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine3 0x0008 /* External interrupt line 3 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine4 0x0010 /* External interrupt line 4 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine5 0x0020 /* External interrupt line 5 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine6 0x0040 /* External interrupt line 6 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine7 0x0080 /* External interrupt line 7 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine8 0x0100 /* External interrupt line 8 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine9 0x0200 /* External interrupt line 9 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine10 0x0400 /* External interrupt line 10 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine11 0x0800 /* External interrupt line 11 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine12 0x1000 /* External interrupt line 12 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine13 0x2000 /* External interrupt line 13 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine14 0x4000 /* External interrupt line 14 */
#define EXTIT_ITLine15 0x8000 /* External interrupt line 15 */
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void EXTIT_DeInit(void);
void EXTIT_Init(EXTIT_InitTypeDef* EXTIT_InitStruct);
void EXTIT_StructInit(EXTIT_InitTypeDef* EXTIT_InitStruct);
void EXTIT_GenerateSWInterrupt(u16 EXTIT_ITLine);
FlagStatus EXTIT_GetFlagStatus(u16 EXTIT_ITLine);
void EXTIT_ClearFlag(u16 EXTIT_ITLine);
ITStatus EXTIT_GetITStatus(u16 EXTIT_ITLine);
void EXTIT_ClearITPendingBit(u16 EXTIT_ITLine);
#endif /* __75x_EXTIT_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

120
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_gpio.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_gpio.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* GPIO software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_GPIO_H
#define __75x_GPIO_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Configuration Mode enumeration */
typedef enum
{ GPIO_Mode_AIN = 1,
GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING,
GPIO_Mode_IPD,
GPIO_Mode_IPU,
GPIO_Mode_Out_OD,
GPIO_Mode_Out_PP,
GPIO_Mode_AF_OD,
GPIO_Mode_AF_PP
}GPIOMode_TypeDef;
/* GPIO Init structure definition */
typedef struct
{
u32 GPIO_Pin;
GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode;
}GPIO_InitTypeDef;
/* Bit_SET and Bit_RESET enumeration */
typedef enum
{ Bit_RESET = 0,
Bit_SET
}BitAction;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* GPIO pins define */
#define GPIO_Pin_None 0x00000000 /* No pin selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_0 0x00000001 /* Pin 0 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_1 0x00000002 /* Pin 1 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_2 0x00000004 /* Pin 2 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_3 0x00000008 /* Pin 3 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_4 0x00000010 /* Pin 4 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_5 0x00000020 /* Pin 5 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_6 0x00000040 /* Pin 6 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_7 0x00000080 /* Pin 7 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_8 0x00000100 /* Pin 8 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_9 0x00000200 /* Pin 9 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_10 0x00000400 /* Pin 10 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_11 0x00000800 /* Pin 11 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_12 0x00001000 /* Pin 12 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_13 0x00002000 /* Pin 13 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_14 0x00004000 /* Pin 14 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_15 0x00008000 /* Pin 15 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_16 0x00010000 /* Pin 16 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_17 0x00020000 /* Pin 17 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_18 0x00040000 /* Pin 18 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_19 0x00080000 /* Pin 19 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_20 0x00100000 /* Pin 20 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_21 0x00200000 /* Pin 21 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_22 0x00400000 /* Pin 22 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_23 0x00800000 /* Pin 23 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_24 0x01000000 /* Pin 24 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_25 0x02000000 /* Pin 25 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_26 0x04000000 /* Pin 26 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_27 0x08000000 /* Pin 27 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_28 0x10000000 /* Pin 28 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_29 0x20000000 /* Pin 29 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_30 0x40000000 /* Pin 30 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_31 0x80000000 /* Pin 31 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_All 0xFFFFFFFF /* All pins selected */
/* GPIO Remap define */
#define GPIO_Remap_SMI_CS3_EN 0x23 /* SMI CS3 Enable */
#define GPIO_Remap_SMI_CS2_EN 0x22 /* SMI CS2 Enable */
#define GPIO_Remap_SMI_CS1_EN 0x21 /* SMI CS1 Enable */
#define GPIO_Remap_SMI_EN 0x20 /* SMI Enable */
#define GPIO_Remap_DBGOFF 0x45 /* JTAG Disable */
#define GPIO_Remap_UART1 0x44 /* UART1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_UART2 0x43 /* UART2 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_SSP1 0x42 /* SSP1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM2 0x41 /* TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM0 0x40 /* TIM0 Alternate Function mapping */
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
u32 GPIO_Read(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
u8 GPIO_ReadBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u32 GPIO_Pin);
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u32 PortVal);
void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx,u32 GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal);
void GPIO_PinMaskConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u32 GPIO_Pin, FunctionalState NewState);
u32 GPIO_GetPortMask(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(u16 GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState);
#endif /* __75x_GPIO_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

115
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_i2c.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_i2c.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* I2C software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion ------------------------------------ */
#ifndef __75x_I2C_H
#define __75x_I2C_H
/* Includes ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ----------------------------------------------------------- */
/* I2C Init structure definition */
typedef struct
{
u32 I2C_CLKSpeed;
u16 I2C_OwnAddress;
u8 I2C_GeneralCall;
u8 I2C_Ack;
}I2C_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* General Call */
#define I2C_GeneralCall_Enable 0x10
#define I2C_GeneralCall_Disable 0xEF
/* Acknowledgement */
#define I2C_Ack_Enable 0x04
#define I2C_Ack_Disable 0xFB
/* I2C Flags */
#define I2C_FLAG_SB 0x0001
#define I2C_FLAG_M_SL 0x0002
#define I2C_FLAG_ADSL 0x0004
#define I2C_FLAG_BTF 0x0008
#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY 0x0010
#define I2C_FLAG_TRA 0x0020
#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10 0x0040
#define I2C_FLAG_EVF 0x0080
#define I2C_FLAG_GCAL 0x0100
#define I2C_FLAG_BERR 0x0200
#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO 0x0400
#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF 0x0800
#define I2C_FLAG_AF 0x1000
#define I2C_FLAG_ENDAD 0x2000
#define I2C_FLAG_ACK 0x4000
/* I2C Events */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ADDRESS_MATCHED ( I2C_FLAG_EVF | I2C_FLAG_BUSY |I2C_FLAG_ADSL)
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED ( I2C_FLAG_EVF | I2C_FLAG_BUSY | I2C_FLAG_BTF )
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ( I2C_FLAG_EVF | I2C_FLAG_BUSY | I2C_FLAG_BTF | I2C_FLAG_TRA )
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT ( I2C_FLAG_EVF | I2C_FLAG_BUSY | I2C_FLAG_M_SL | I2C_FLAG_SB )
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECTED ( I2C_FLAG_EVF | I2C_FLAG_BUSY | I2C_FLAG_M_SL | I2C_FLAG_ENDAD )
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED ( I2C_FLAG_EVF | I2C_FLAG_BUSY | I2C_FLAG_M_SL | I2C_FLAG_BTF )
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ( I2C_FLAG_EVF | I2C_FLAG_BUSY | I2C_FLAG_M_SL | I2C_FLAG_BTF | I2C_FLAG_TRA )
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 ( I2C_FLAG_EVF | I2C_FLAG_BUSY | I2C_FLAG_M_SL |I2C_FLAG_ADD10 )
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED I2C_FLAG_STOPF
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE ( I2C_FLAG_EVF | I2C_FLAG_BUSY | I2C_FLAG_BTF | I2C_FLAG_TRA | I2C_FLAG_AF)
#define I2C_BUS_ERROR_DETECTED I2C_FLAG_BERR
#define I2C_ARBITRATION_LOST I2C_FLAG_ARLO
#define I2C_SLAVE_GENERAL_CALL (I2C_FLAG_BUSY | I2C_FLAG_GCAL)
/* Master/Receiver Mode */
#define I2C_MODE_TRANSMITTER 0x00
#define I2C_MODE_RECEIVER 0x01
/* I2C Registers offset */
#define I2C_CR 0x00
#define I2C_SR1 0x04
#define I2C_SR2 0x08
#define I2C_CCR 0x0C
#define I2C_OAR1 0x10
#define I2C_OAR2 0x14
#define I2C_DR 0x18
#define I2C_ECCR 0x1C
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void I2C_DeInit(void);
void I2C_Init(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
void I2C_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_GenerateSTART(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_GenerateSTOP(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
u16 I2C_GetLastEvent(void);
ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(u16 I2C_EVENT);
void I2C_SendData(u8 Data);
u8 I2C_ReceiveData(void);
void I2C_Send7bitAddress(u8 Address, u8 Direction);
u8 I2C_ReadRegister(u8 I2C_Register);
FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(u16 I2C_FLAG);
void I2C_ClearFlag(u16 I2C_FLAG, ...);
#endif /* __75x_I2C_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

103
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_lib.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_lib.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file includes the peripherals header files in the
* user application.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_LIB_H
#define __75x_LIB_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
#ifdef _SMI
#include "75x_smi.h"
#endif /*_SMI */
#ifdef _CFG
#include "75x_cfg.h"
#endif /*_CFG*/
#ifdef _MRCC
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
#endif /*_MRCC */
#ifdef _ADC
#include "75x_adc.h"
#endif /*_ADC */
#ifdef _TB
#include "75x_tb.h"
#endif /*_TB */
#ifdef _TIM
#include "75x_tim.h"
#endif /*_TIM */
#ifdef _PWM
#include "75x_pwm.h"
#endif /*_PWM */
#ifdef _WDG
#include "75x_wdg.h"
#endif /*_WDG */
#ifdef _SSP
#include "75x_ssp.h"
#endif /*_SSP */
#ifdef _CAN
#include "75x_can.h"
#endif /*_CAN */
#ifdef _I2C
#include "75x_i2c.h"
#endif /*_I2C */
#ifdef _UART
#include "75x_uart.h"
#endif /*_UART */
#ifdef _GPIO
#include "75x_gpio.h"
#endif /*_GPIO */
#ifdef _DMA
#include "75x_dma.h"
#endif /*_DMA */
#ifdef _RTC
#include "75x_rtc.h"
#endif /*_RTC */
#ifdef _EXTIT
#include "75x_extit.h"
#endif /*_EXTIT */
#ifdef _EIC
#include "75x_eic.h"
#endif /*_EIC */
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void debug(void);
#endif /* __75x_LIB_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

697
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_map.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_map.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the peripheral register's definitions
* and memory mapping.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_MAP_H
#define __75x_MAP_H
#ifndef EXT
#define EXT extern
#endif /* EXT */
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_conf.h"
#include "75x_type.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/******************************************************************************/
/* IP registers structures */
/******************************************************************************/
/*------------------------ Analog to Digital Converter -----------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu16 CLR0;
u16 EMPTY1;
vu16 CLR1;
u16 EMPTY2;
vu16 CLR2;
u16 EMPTY3;
vu16 CLR3;
u16 EMPTY4;
vu16 CLR4;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 TRA0;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 TRA1;
u16 EMPTY7;
vu16 TRA2;
u16 EMPTY8;
vu16 TRA3;
u16 EMPTY9;
vu16 TRB0;
u16 EMPTY10;
vu16 TRB1;
u16 EMPTY11;
vu16 TRB2;
u16 EMPTY12;
vu16 TRB3;
u16 EMPTY13;
vu16 DMAR;
u16 EMPTY14[7];
vu16 DMAE;
u16 EMPTY15 ;
vu16 PBR;
u16 EMPTY16;
vu16 IMR;
u16 EMPTY17;
vu16 D0;
u16 EMPTY18;
vu16 D1;
u16 EMPTY19;
vu16 D2;
u16 EMPTY20;
vu16 D3;
u16 EMPTY21;
vu16 D4;
u16 EMPTY22;
vu16 D5;
u16 EMPTY23;
vu16 D6;
u16 EMPTY24;
vu16 D7;
u16 EMPTY25;
vu16 D8;
u16 EMPTY26;
vu16 D9;
u16 EMPTY27;
vu16 D10;
u16 EMPTY28;
vu16 D11;
u16 EMPTY29;
vu16 D12;
u16 EMPTY30;
vu16 D13;
u16 EMPTY31;
vu16 D14;
u16 EMPTY32;
vu16 D15;
u16 EMPTY33;
} ADC_TypeDef;
/*------------------------ Controller Area Network ---------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu16 CRR;
u16 EMPTY1;
vu16 CMR;
u16 EMPTY2;
vu16 M1R;
u16 EMPTY3;
vu16 M2R;
u16 EMPTY4;
vu16 A1R;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 A2R;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 MCR;
u16 EMPTY7;
vu16 DA1R;
u16 EMPTY8;
vu16 DA2R;
u16 EMPTY9;
vu16 DB1R;
u16 EMPTY10;
vu16 DB2R;
u16 EMPTY11[27];
} CAN_MsgObj_TypeDef;
typedef struct
{
vu16 CR;
u16 EMPTY1;
vu16 SR;
u16 EMPTY2;
vu16 ERR;
u16 EMPTY3;
vu16 BTR;
u16 EMPTY4;
vu16 IDR;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 TESTR;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 BRPR;
u16 EMPTY7[3];
CAN_MsgObj_TypeDef sMsgObj[2];
u16 EMPTY8[16];
vu16 TXR1R;
u16 EMPTY9;
vu16 TXR2R;
u16 EMPTY10[13];
vu16 ND1R;
u16 EMPTY11;
vu16 ND2R;
u16 EMPTY12[13];
vu16 IP1R;
u16 EMPTY13;
vu16 IP2R;
u16 EMPTY14[13];
vu16 MV1R;
u16 EMPTY15;
vu16 MV2R;
u16 EMPTY16;
} CAN_TypeDef;
/*--------------------------- Configuration Register -------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu32 GLCONF;
} CFG_TypeDef;
/*-------------------------------- DMA Controller ----------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu16 SOURCEL;
u16 EMPTY1;
vu16 SOURCEH;
u16 EMPTY2;
vu16 DESTL;
u16 EMPTY3;
vu16 DESTH;
u16 EMPTY4;
vu16 MAX;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 CTRL;
u16 EMPTY6;
vuc16 SOCURRH;
u16 EMPTY7;
vuc16 SOCURRL;
u16 EMPTY8;
vuc16 DECURRH;
u16 EMPTY9;
vuc16 DECURRL;
u16 EMPTY10;
vuc16 TCNT;
u16 EMPTY11;
vu16 LUBUFF;
u16 EMPTY12;
} DMA_Stream_TypeDef;
typedef struct
{
vu16 MASK;
u16 EMPTY4;
vu16 CLR;
u16 EMPTY5;
vuc16 STATUS;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 LAST;
u16 EMPTY7;
} DMA_TypeDef;
/*----------------------- Enhanced Interrupt Controller ----------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu32 ICR;
vuc32 CICR;
vu32 CIPR;
u32 EMPTY1;
vu32 FIER;
vu32 FIPR;
vu32 IVR;
vu32 FIR;
vu32 IER;
u32 EMPTY2[7];
vu32 IPR;
u32 EMPTY3[7];
vu32 SIRn[32];
} EIC_TypeDef;
/*------------------------- External Interrupt Controller --------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu32 MR;
vu32 TSR;
vu32 SWIR;
vu32 PR;
} EXTIT_TypeDef;
/*-------------------------- General Purpose IO ports ------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu32 PC0;
vu32 PC1;
vu32 PC2;
vu32 PD;
vu32 PM;
} GPIO_TypeDef;
typedef struct
{
vu32 REMAP0R;
vu32 REMAP1R;
} GPIOREMAP_TypeDef;
/*--------------------------------- I2C interface ----------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu8 CR;
u8 EMPTY1[3];
vu8 SR1;
u8 EMPTY2[3];
vu8 SR2;
u8 EMPTY3[3];
vu8 CCR;
u8 EMPTY4[3];
vu8 OAR1;
u8 EMPTY5[3];
vu8 OAR2;
u8 EMPTY6[3];
vu8 DR;
u8 EMPTY7[3];
vu8 ECCR;
u8 EMPTY8[3];
} I2C_TypeDef;
/*---------------------------- Power, Reset and Clocks -----------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu32 CLKCTL;
vu32 RFSR;
vu32 PWRCTRL;
u32 EMPTY1;
vu32 PCLKEN;
vu32 PSWRES;
u32 EMPTY2[2];
vu32 BKP0;
vu32 BKP1;
} MRCC_TypeDef;
/*-------------------------------- Real Time Clock ---------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu16 CRH;
u16 EMPTY;
vu16 CRL;
u16 EMPTY1;
vu16 PRLH;
u16 EMPTY2;
vu16 PRLL;
u16 EMPTY3;
vu16 DIVH;
u16 EMPTY4;
vu16 DIVL;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 CNTH;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 CNTL;
u16 EMPTY7;
vu16 ALRH;
u16 EMPTY8;
vu16 ALRL;
u16 EMPTY9;
} RTC_TypeDef;
/*---------------------------- Serial Memory Interface -----------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu32 CR1;
vu32 CR2;
vu32 SR;
vu32 TR;
vuc32 RR;
} SMI_TypeDef;
/*--------------------------------- Timer Base -------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu16 CR;
u16 EMPTY1;
vu16 SCR;
u16 EMPTY2;
vu16 IMCR;
u16 EMPTY3[7];
vu16 RSR;
u16 EMPTY4;
vu16 RER;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 ISR;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 CNT;
u16 EMPTY7;
vu16 PSC;
u16 EMPTY8[3];
vu16 ARR;
u16 EMPTY9[13];
vu16 ICR1;
u16 EMPTY10;
} TB_TypeDef;
/*------------------------------------ TIM -----------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu16 CR;
u16 EMPTY1;
vu16 SCR;
u16 EMPTY2;
vu16 IMCR;
u16 EMPTY3;
vu16 OMR1;
u16 EMPTY4[5];
vu16 RSR;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 RER;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 ISR;
u16 EMPTY7;
vu16 CNT;
u16 EMPTY8;
vu16 PSC;
u16 EMPTY9[3];
vu16 ARR;
u16 EMPTY10;
vu16 OCR1;
u16 EMPTY11;
vu16 OCR2;
u16 EMPTY12[9];
vu16 ICR1;
u16 EMPTY13;
vu16 ICR2;
u16 EMPTY14[9];
vu16 DMAB;
u16 EMPTY15;
} TIM_TypeDef;
/*------------------------------------ PWM -----------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu16 CR;
u16 EMPTY1;
vu16 SCR;
u16 EMPTY2[3];
vu16 OMR1;
u16 EMPTY3;
vu16 OMR2;
u16 EMPTY4[3];
vu16 RSR;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 RER;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 ISR;
u16 EMPTY7;
vu16 CNT;
u16 EMPTY8;
vu16 PSC;
u16 EMPTY9;
vu16 RCR;
u16 EMPTY10;
vu16 ARR;
u16 EMPTY11;
vu16 OCR1;
u16 EMPTY12;
vu16 OCR2;
u16 EMPTY13;
vu16 OCR3;
u16 EMPTY14[15];
vu16 DTR;
u16 EMPTY15;
vu16 DMAB;
u16 EMPTY16;
} PWM_TypeDef;
/*----------------------- Synchronous Serial Peripheral ----------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu32 CR0;
vu32 CR1;
vu32 DR;
vu32 SR;
vu32 PR;
vu32 IMSCR;
vu32 RISR;
vu32 MISR;
vu32 ICR;
vu32 DMACR;
} SSP_TypeDef;
/*---------------- Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter ---------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu16 DR;
u16 EMPTY;
vu16 RSR;
u16 EMPTY1[9];
vu16 FR;
u16 EMPTY2;
vu16 BKR;
u16 EMPTY3[3];
vu16 IBRD;
u16 EMPTY4;
vu16 FBRD;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 LCR;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 CR;
u16 EMPTY7;
vu16 IFLS;
u16 EMPTY8;
vu16 IMSC;
u16 EMPTY9;
vu16 RIS;
u16 EMPTY10;
vu16 MIS;
u16 EMPTY11;
vu16 ICR;
u16 EMPTY12;
vu16 DMACR;
u16 EMPTY13;
} UART_TypeDef;
/*---------------------------------- WATCHDOG --------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
vu16 CR;
u16 EMPTY1;
vu16 PR;
u16 EMPTY2;
vu16 VR;
u16 EMPTY3;
vu16 CNT;
u16 EMPTY4;
vu16 SR;
u16 EMPTY5;
vu16 MR;
u16 EMPTY6;
vu16 KR;
u16 EMPTY7;
} WDG_TypeDef;
/*******************************************************************************
* Peripherals' Base addresses
*******************************************************************************/
#define SRAM_BASE 0x40000000
#define CONFIG_BASE 0x60000000
#define SMIR_BASE 0x90000000
#define PERIPH_BASE 0xFFFF0000
#define CFG_BASE (CONFIG_BASE + 0x0010)
#define MRCC_BASE (CONFIG_BASE + 0x0020)
#define ADC_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x8400)
#define TB_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x8800)
#define TIM0_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x8C00)
#define TIM1_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x9000)
#define TIM2_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x9400)
#define PWM_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x9800)
#define WDG_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xB000)
#define SSP0_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xB800)
#define SSP1_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xBC00)
#define CAN_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xC400)
#define I2C_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xCC00)
#define UART0_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xD400)
#define UART1_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xD800)
#define UART2_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xDC00)
#define GPIO0_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xE400)
#define GPIOREMAP_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xE420)
#define GPIO1_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xE440)
#define GPIO2_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xE480)
#define DMA_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xECF0)
#define DMA_Stream0_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xEC00)
#define DMA_Stream1_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xEC40)
#define DMA_Stream2_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xEC80)
#define DMA_Stream3_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xECC0)
#define RTC_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xF000)
#define EXTIT_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xF400)
#define EIC_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0xF800)
/*******************************************************************************
IPs' declaration
*******************************************************************************/
/*------------------- Non Debug Mode -----------------------------------------*/
#ifndef DEBUG
#define SMI ((SMI_TypeDef *) SMIR_BASE)
#define CFG ((CFG_TypeDef *) CFG_BASE)
#define MRCC ((MRCC_TypeDef *) MRCC_BASE)
#define ADC ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC_BASE)
#define TB ((TB_TypeDef *) TB_BASE)
#define TIM0 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM0_BASE)
#define TIM1 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM1_BASE)
#define TIM2 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM2_BASE)
#define PWM ((PWM_TypeDef *) PWM_BASE)
#define WDG ((WDG_TypeDef *) WDG_BASE)
#define SSP0 ((SSP_TypeDef *) SSP0_BASE)
#define SSP1 ((SSP_TypeDef *) SSP1_BASE)
#define CAN ((CAN_TypeDef *) CAN_BASE)
#define I2C ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C_BASE)
#define UART0 ((UART_TypeDef *) UART0_BASE)
#define UART1 ((UART_TypeDef *) UART1_BASE)
#define UART2 ((UART_TypeDef *) UART2_BASE)
#define GPIO0 ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIO0_BASE)
#define GPIOREMAP ((GPIOREMAP_TypeDef *) GPIOREMAP_BASE)
#define GPIO1 ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIO1_BASE)
#define GPIO2 ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIO2_BASE)
#define DMA ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA_BASE)
#define DMA_Stream0 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA_Stream0_BASE)
#define DMA_Stream1 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA_Stream1_BASE)
#define DMA_Stream2 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA_Stream2_BASE)
#define DMA_Stream3 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA_Stream3_BASE)
#define RTC ((RTC_TypeDef *) RTC_BASE)
#define EXTIT ((EXTIT_TypeDef *) EXTIT_BASE)
#define EIC ((EIC_TypeDef *) EIC_BASE)
#else /* DEBUG */
#ifdef _SMI
EXT SMI_TypeDef *SMI;
#endif /*_SMI */
#ifdef _CFG
EXT CFG_TypeDef *CFG;
#endif /*_CFG */
#ifdef _MRCC
EXT MRCC_TypeDef *MRCC;
#endif /*_MRCC */
#ifdef _ADC
EXT ADC_TypeDef *ADC;
#endif /*_ADC */
#ifdef _TB
EXT TB_TypeDef *TB;
#endif /*_TB */
#ifdef _TIM0
EXT TIM_TypeDef *TIM0;
#endif /*_TIM0 */
#ifdef _TIM1
EXT TIM_TypeDef *TIM1;
#endif /*_TIM1 */
#ifdef _TIM2
EXT TIM_TypeDef *TIM2;
#endif /*_TIM2 */
#ifdef _PWM
EXT PWM_TypeDef *PWM;
#endif /*_PWM */
#ifdef _WDG
EXT WDG_TypeDef *WDG;
#endif /*_WDG */
#ifdef _SSP0
EXT SSP_TypeDef *SSP0;
#endif /*_SSP0 */
#ifdef _SSP1
EXT SSP_TypeDef *SSP1;
#endif /*_SSP1 */
#ifdef _CAN
EXT CAN_TypeDef *CAN;
#endif /*_CAN */
#ifdef _I2C
EXT I2C_TypeDef *I2C;
#endif /*_I2C */
#ifdef _UART0
EXT UART_TypeDef *UART0;
#endif /*_UART0 */
#ifdef _UART1
EXT UART_TypeDef *UART1;
#endif /*_UART1 */
#ifdef _UART2
EXT UART_TypeDef *UART2;
#endif /*_UART2 */
#ifdef _GPIO0
EXT GPIO_TypeDef *GPIO0;
#endif /*_GPIO0 */
#ifdef _GPIOREMAP
EXT GPIOREMAP_TypeDef *GPIOREMAP;
#endif /*_GPIOREMAP */
#ifdef _GPIO1
EXT GPIO_TypeDef *GPIO1;
#endif /*_GPIO1 */
#ifdef _GPIO2
EXT GPIO_TypeDef *GPIO2;
#endif /*_GPIO2 */
#ifdef _DMA
EXT DMA_TypeDef *DMA;
#endif /*_DMA */
#ifdef _DMA_Stream0
EXT DMA_Stream_TypeDef *DMA_Stream0;
#endif /*_DMA_Stream0 */
#ifdef _DMA_Stream1
EXT DMA_Stream_TypeDef *DMA_Stream1;
#endif /*_DMA_Stream1 */
#ifdef _DMA_Stream2
EXT DMA_Stream_TypeDef *DMA_Stream2;
#endif /*_DMA_Stream2 */
#ifdef _DMA_Stream3
EXT DMA_Stream_TypeDef *DMA_Stream3;
#endif /*_DMA_Stream3 */
#ifdef _RTC
EXT RTC_TypeDef *RTC;
#endif /*_RTC */
#ifdef _EXTIT
EXT EXTIT_TypeDef *EXTIT;
#endif /*_EXTIT */
#ifdef _EIC
EXT EIC_TypeDef *EIC;
#endif /*_EIC */
#endif /* DEBUG */
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
#endif /* __75x_MAP_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

241
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_mrcc.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_mrcc.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* MRCC software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_MRCC_H
#define __75x_MRCC_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* MRCC Buck-up registers */
typedef enum
{
MRCC_BKP0,
MRCC_BKP1
}MRCC_BKPReg;
typedef enum
{
FREEOSC,
OSC4MPLL,
OSC4M,
CKRTC,
Disabled,
OSC4M_Div128,
LPOSC,
OSC32K,
Internal,
External,
ON,
OFF
}CLKSourceTypeDef;
typedef struct
{
CLKSourceTypeDef CKSYS_Source; /* FREEOSC, OSC4MPLL, OSC4M, CKRTC */
CLKSourceTypeDef CKRTC_Source; /* Disabled, OSC4M_Div128, OSC32K, LPOSC */
CLKSourceTypeDef CKUSB_Source; /* Disabled, Internal, External */
CLKSourceTypeDef PLL_Status; /* ON, OFF */
CLKSourceTypeDef OSC4M_Status; /* ON, OFF */
CLKSourceTypeDef LPOSC_Status; /* ON, OFF */
CLKSourceTypeDef OSC32K_Status; /* ON, OFF */
u32 CKSYS_Frequency;
u32 HCLK_Frequency;
u32 CKTIM_Frequency;
u32 PCLK_Frequency;
}MRCC_ClocksTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Oscillator divider by 2 */
#define MRCC_XTDIV2_Disable 0xFFFF7FFF
#define MRCC_XTDIV2_Enable 0x00008000
/* System clock source */
#define MRCC_CKSYS_FREEOSC 0x01
#define MRCC_CKSYS_OSC4M 0x02
#define MRCC_CKSYS_OSC4MPLL 0x03
#define MRCC_CKSYS_RTC 0x04
/* PLL multiplication factors */
#define MRCC_PLL_Disabled 0xFEFFFFFF
#define MRCC_PLL_NoChange 0x00000001
#define MRCC_PLL_Mul_12 0x18000000
#define MRCC_PLL_Mul_14 0x10000000
#define MRCC_PLL_Mul_15 0x08000000
#define MRCC_PLL_Mul_16 0x00000000
/* AHB clock source */
#define MRCC_CKSYS_Div1 0x00000000
#define MRCC_CKSYS_Div2 0x00000008
#define MRCC_CKSYS_Div4 0x00000010
#define MRCC_CKSYS_Div8 0x00000018
/* TIM clock source */
#define MRCC_HCLK_Div1 0x00000000
#define MRCC_HCLK_Div2 0x00000001
#define MRCC_HCLK_Div4 0x00000002
#define MRCC_HCLK_Div8 0x00000003
/* APB clock source */
#define MRCC_CKTIM_Div1 0xFFFFFFFB
#define MRCC_CKTIM_Div2 0x00000004
/* RTC clock sources */
#define MRCC_CKRTC_OSC4M_Div128 0x01000000
#define MRCC_CKRTC_OSC32K 0x02000000
#define MRCC_CKRTC_LPOSC 0x03000000
/* USB clock sources */
#define MRCC_CKUSB_Internal 0xFFBFFFFF
#define MRCC_CKUSB_External 0x00400000
/* MRCC Interrupts */
#define MRCC_IT_LOCK 0x40000000
#define MRCC_IT_NCKD 0x00080000
/* Peripheral Clock */
#define MRCC_Peripheral_ALL 0x1975623F
#define MRCC_Peripheral_EXTIT 0x10000000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_RTC 0x08000000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_GPIO 0x01000000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_UART2 0x00400000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_UART1 0x00200000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_UART0 0x00100000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_I2C 0x00040000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_CAN 0x00010000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_SSP1 0x00004000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_SSP0 0x00002000
#define MRCC_Peripheral_USB 0x00000200
#define MRCC_Peripheral_PWM 0x00000020
#define MRCC_Peripheral_TIM2 0x00000010
#define MRCC_Peripheral_TIM1 0x00000008
#define MRCC_Peripheral_TIM0 0x00000004
#define MRCC_Peripheral_TB 0x00000002
#define MRCC_Peripheral_ADC 0x00000001
/* Clock sources to measure theire frequency */
#define MRCC_ClockSource_CKSYS 0x01
#define MRCC_ClockSource_HCLK 0x02
#define MRCC_ClockSource_PCLK 0x03
#define MRCC_ClockSource_CKTIM 0x04
/* Low Power Debug Mode */
#define MRCC_LPDM_Disable 0xFFFFFFF7
#define MRCC_LPDM_Enable 0x00000008
/* WFI Mode parameters */
#define MRCC_WFIParam_FLASHPowerDown 0x00000000
#define MRCC_WFIParam_FLASHOn 0x00000010
#define MRCC_WFIParam_FLASHOff 0x00004000
/* STOP Mode parameters */
#define MRCC_STOPParam_Default 0x00000000
#define MRCC_STOPParam_OSC4MOff 0x00008000
#define MRCC_STOPParam_FLASHOff 0x00004000
#define MRCC_STOPParam_MVREGOff 0x00002000
/* I/O Pins voltage range */
#define MRCC_IOVoltageRange_5V 0xFFFEFFFF
#define MRCC_IOVoltageRange_3V3 0x00010000
/* Clock sources to output on MCO pin */
#define MRCC_MCO_HCLK 0x00000000
#define MRCC_MCO_PCLK 0x00000040
#define MRCC_MCO_OSC4M 0x00000080
#define MRCC_MCO_CKPLL2 0x000000C0
#define MRCC_MCOPrescaler_1 0xFFFFFFDF
#define MRCC_MCOPrescaler_2 0x00000020
/* 4MHz main oscillator configuration */
#define MRCC_OSC4M_Default 0xFFFCFFFF
#define MRCC_OSC4M_Disable 0x00020000
#define MRCC_OSC4M_Bypass 0x00010000
/* OSC32K oscillator configuration */
#define MRCC_OSC32K_Disable 0xDFFFFFFF
#define MRCC_OSC32K_Enable 0x20000000
#define MRCC_OSC32KBypass_Disable 0xBFFFFFFF
#define MRCC_OSC32KBypass_Enable 0x40000000
/* LPOSC oscillator configuration */
#define MRCC_LPOSC_Disable 0xEFFFFFFF
#define MRCC_LPOSC_Enable 0x10000000
/* RTC measurement configuration */
#define MRCC_RTCM_Disable 0xFBFFFFFF
#define MRCC_RTCM_Enable 0x04000000
/* MRCC Flags */
#define MRCC_FLAG_LOCK 0x3F
#define MRCC_FLAG_LOCKIF 0x3D
#define MRCC_FLAG_CKSEL 0x37
#define MRCC_FLAG_CKOSCSEL 0x35
#define MRCC_FLAG_NCKD 0x32
#define MRCC_FLAG_SWR 0x5D
#define MRCC_FLAG_WDGR 0x5C
#define MRCC_FLAG_EXTR 0x5B
#define MRCC_FLAG_WKP 0x5A
#define MRCC_FLAG_STDB 0x59
#define MRCC_FLAG_BCOUNT 0x58
#define MRCC_FLAG_OSC32KRDY 0x7F
#define MRCC_FLAG_CKRTCOK 0x7B
#define MRCC_FLAG_LPDONE 0x67
#define MRCC_FLAG_LP 0x60
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void MRCC_DeInit(void);
void MRCC_XTDIV2Config(u32 MRCC_XTDIV2);
ErrorStatus MRCC_CKSYSConfig(u32 MRCC_CKSYS, u32 MRCC_PLL);
void MRCC_HCLKConfig(u32 MRCC_HCLK);
void MRCC_CKTIMConfig(u32 MRCC_CKTIM);
void MRCC_PCLKConfig(u32 MRCC_PCLK);
ErrorStatus MRCC_CKRTCConfig(u32 MRCC_CKRTC);
ErrorStatus MRCC_CKUSBConfig(u32 MRCC_CKUSB);
void MRCC_ITConfig(u32 MRCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void MRCC_PeripheralClockConfig(u32 MRCC_Peripheral, FunctionalState NewState);
void MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(u32 MRCC_Peripheral, FunctionalState NewState);
void MRCC_GetClocksStatus(MRCC_ClocksTypeDef* MRCC_ClocksStatus);
void MRCC_LPMC_DBGConfig(u32 MRCC_LPDM);
void MRCC_EnterWFIMode(u32 MRCC_WFIParam);
void MRCC_EnterSTOPMode(u32 MRCC_STOPParam);
void MRCC_EnterSTANDBYMode(void);
void MRCC_GenerateSWReset(void);
void MRCC_WriteBackupRegister(MRCC_BKPReg MRCC_BKP, u32 Data);
u32 MRCC_ReadBackupRegister(MRCC_BKPReg MRCC_BKP);
void MRCC_IOVoltageRangeConfig(u32 MRCC_IOVoltageRange);
void MRCC_MCOConfig(u32 MRCC_MCO, u32 MCO_MCOPrescaler);
ErrorStatus MRCC_OSC4MConfig(u32 MRCC_OSC4M);
ErrorStatus MRCC_OSC32KConfig(u32 MRCC_OSC32K, u32 MRCC_OSC32KBypass);
ErrorStatus MRCC_LPOSCConfig(u32 MRCC_LPOSC);
void MRCC_RTCMConfig(u32 MRCC_RTCM);
void MRCC_SetBuilderCounter(u8 BuilderCounter);
u16 MRCC_GetCKSYSCounter(void);
FlagStatus MRCC_GetFlagStatus(u8 MRCC_FLAG);
void MRCC_ClearFlag(u8 MRCC_FLAG);
ITStatus MRCC_GetITStatus(u32 MRCC_IT);
void MRCC_ClearITPendingBit(u32 MRCC_IT);
ErrorStatus MRCC_WaitForOSC4MStartUp(void);
#endif /* __75x_MRCC_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

215
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_pwm.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_pwm.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* PWM software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_PWM_H
#define __75x_PWM_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
u16 PWM_Mode; /* PWM Mode */
u16 PWM_Prescaler; /* Prescaler value */
u16 PWM_CounterMode; /* Counter mode: Up/Down, Edge aligned or center aligned */
u16 PWM_Period; /* Period value */
u16 PWM_Complementary; /* Complementary PWM selection */
u16 PWM_OCState; /* Output compare off-state in Run mode */
u16 PWM_OCNState; /* Complementary Output compare off-state in Run mode */
u16 PWM_Channel; /* PWM Channel: 1, 2 or 3 */
u16 PWM_Pulse1; /* PWM or OCM Channel 1 pulse length */
u16 PWM_Pulse2; /* PWM or OCM Channel 2 pulse length */
u16 PWM_Pulse3; /* PWM or OCM Channel 3 pulse length */
u16 PWM_Polarity1; /* PWM, OCM or OPM Channel 1 polarity */
u16 PWM_Polarity2; /* PWM or OCM Channel 2 polarity */
u16 PWM_Polarity3; /* PWM or OCM Channel 3 polarity */
u16 PWM_Polarity1N; /* PWM or OCM Channel 1N polarity */
u16 PWM_Polarity2N; /* PWM or OCM Channel 2N polarity */
u16 PWM_Polarity3N; /* PWM or OCM Channel 3N polarity */
u16 PWM_DTRAccess; /* Enable or disable the configuration of DTR register parameters:
DeadTime, Emergency, LOCKLevel, OSSIState, OCState and OCNState */
u16 PWM_DeadTime; /* Dead Time value */
u16 PWM_Emergency; /* Emergency selection: Enable / Disable */
u16 PWM_LOCKLevel; /* LOCK level */
u16 PWM_OSSIState; /* Off-State Selection for Idle state */
u8 PWM_RepetitionCounter; /* Repetition counter value */
} PWM_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* PWM modes */
#define PWM_Mode_OCTiming 0x0001
#define PWM_Mode_OCActive 0x0002
#define PWM_Mode_OCInactive 0x0003
#define PWM_Mode_OCToggle 0x0004
#define PWM_Mode_PWM 0x0005
/* PWM Counter Mode */
#define PWM_CounterMode_Up 0x0000
#define PWM_CounterMode_Down 0x0010
#define PWM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 0x0020
#define PWM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 0x0040
#define PWM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 0x0060
/* PWM Channel */
#define PWM_Channel_1 0x0001
#define PWM_Channel_2 0x0002
#define PWM_Channel_3 0x0004
#define PWM_Channel_ALL 0x0007
/* PWM Polarity channel 1 */
#define PWM_Polarity1_High 0x0001
#define PWM_Polarity1_Low 0x0002
/* PWM Polarity channel 2 */
#define PWM_Polarity2_High 0x0001
#define PWM_Polarity2_Low 0x0002
/* PWM Polarity channel 3 */
#define PWM_Polarity3_High 0x0001
#define PWM_Polarity3_Low 0x0002
/* PWM Polarity channel 1N */
#define PWM_Polarity1N_High 0x0001
#define PWM_Polarity1N_Low 0x0002
/* PWM Polarity channel 2N */
#define PWM_Polarity2N_High 0x0001
#define PWM_Polarity2N_Low 0x0002
/* PWM Polarity channel 3N */
#define PWM_Polarity3N_High 0x0001
#define PWM_Polarity3N_Low 0x0002
/* PWM interrupt sources */
#define PWM_IT_OC1 0x0100
#define PWM_IT_OC2 0x0200
#define PWM_IT_OC3 0x0400
#define PWM_IT_Update 0x0001
#define PWM_IT_GlobalUpdate 0x1001
#define PWM_IT_Emergency 0x8000
/* PWM DMA sources */
#define PWM_DMASource_OC1 0x0100
#define PWM_DMASource_OC2 0x0200
#define PWM_DMASource_OC3 0x0400
#define PWM_DMASource_Update 0x0001
/* PWM DMA Base address */
#define PWM_DMABase_CR 0x0000
#define PWM_DMABase_SCR 0x0800
#define PWM_DMABase_OMR1 0x1800
#define PWM_DMABase_OMR2 0x2000
#define PWM_DMABase_RSR 0x3000
#define PWM_DMABase_RER 0x3800
#define PWM_DMABase_ISR 0x4000
#define PWM_DMABase_CNT 0x4800
#define PWM_DMABase_PSC 0x5000
#define PWM_DMABase_RCR 0x5800
#define PWM_DMABase_ARR 0x6000
#define PWM_DMABase_OCR1 0x6800
#define PWM_DMABase_OCR2 0x7000
#define PWM_DMABase_OCR3 0x7800
#define PWM_DMABase_DTR 0xB800
/* PWM OCM state */
#define PWM_OCRMState_Enable 0x0005
#define PWM_OCRMState_Disable 0x0006
/* PWM Flags */
#define PWM_FLAG_OC1 0x0100
#define PWM_FLAG_OC2 0x0200
#define PWM_FLAG_OC3 0x0400
#define PWM_FLAG_Update 0x0001
#define PWM_FLAG_Emergency 0x8000
/* PWM_ForcedAction */
#define PWM_ForcedAction_Active 0x000A
#define PWM_ForcedAction_InActive 0x0008
/* PWM TRGO Mode */
#define PWM_TRGOMode_Enable 0x0100
#define PWM_TRGOMode_Update 0x0200
#define PWM_TRGOMode_Reset 0x0000
#define PWM_TRGOMode_OC 0x0300
/* PWM Complementary outputs Enable/Disable */
#define PWM_Complementary_Disable 0x0001
#define PWM_Complementary_Enable 0x0002
/* PWM DTR Access Enable/Disable */
#define PWM_DTRAccess_Enable 0x0001
#define PWM_DTRAccess_Disable 0x0002
/* PWM Emergency input Enable/Disable */
#define PWM_Emergency_Disable 0x0000
#define PWM_Emergency_Enable 0x1000
/* OC states */
#define PWM_OCNState_Disable 0x0001
#define PWM_OCNState_Enable 0x0002
#define PWM_OCNState_OffState 0x0003
/* OCN states */
#define PWM_OCState_Disable 0x0004
#define PWM_OCState_Enable 0x0005
#define PWM_OCState_OffState 0x0006
/* PWM LOCK level */
#define PWM_LOCKLevel_1 0x0400
#define PWM_LOCKLevel_2 0x0800
#define PWM_LOCKLevel_3 0x0C00
#define PWM_LOCKLevel_OFF 0x0000
/* Off State selection for Idle state */
#define PWM_OSSIState_Disable 0x0000
#define PWM_OSSIState_Enable 0x2000
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
void PWM_DeInit(void);
void PWM_Init(PWM_InitTypeDef* PWM_InitStruct);
void PWM_StructInit(PWM_InitTypeDef *PWM_InitStruct);
void PWM_Cmd(FunctionalState Newstate);
void PWM_CtrlPWMOutputs(FunctionalState Newstate);
void PWM_ITConfig(u16 PWM_IT, FunctionalState Newstate);
void PWM_DMAConfig(u16 PWM_DMASources, u16 PWM_OCRMState, u16 PWM_DMABase);
void PWM_DMACmd(u16 PWM_DMASources, FunctionalState Newstate);
void PWM_SetPrescaler(u16 Prescaler);
void PWM_SetPeriod(u16 Period);
void PWM_SetPulse(u16 PWM_Channel, u16 Pulse);
void PWM_SetPulse1(u16 Pulse);
void PWM_SetPulse2(u16 Pulse);
void PWM_SetPulse3(u16 Pulse);
void PWM_DebugCmd(FunctionalState Newstate);
void PWM_CounterModeConfig(u16 PWM_CounterMode);
void PWM_ForcedOCConfig(u16 PWM_Channel, u16 PWM_ForcedAction);
void PWM_SetDeadTime(u16 DeadTime);
void PWM_ResetCounter(void);
void PWM_TRGOSelection(u16 PWM_TRGOMode);
FlagStatus PWM_GetFlagStatus(u16 PWM_FLAG);
void PWM_ClearFlag(u16 PWM_FLAG);
ITStatus PWM_GetITStatus(u16 PWM_IT);
void PWM_ClearITPendingBit(u16 PWM_IT);
#endif /* __75x_PWM_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

63
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_rtc.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_rtc.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* RTC software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_RTC_H
#define __75x_RTC_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* RTC interrupts define */
#define RTC_IT_Overflow 0x0004 /* Overflow interrupt */
#define RTC_IT_Alarm 0x0002 /* Alarm interrupt */
#define RTC_IT_Second 0x0001 /* Second interrupt */
/* RTC interrupts flags */
#define RTC_FLAG_RTOFF 0x0020 /* RTC Operation OFF flag */
#define RTC_FLAG_RSF 0x0008 /* Registers Synchronized flag */
#define RTC_FLAG_Overflow 0x0004 /* Overflow interrupt flag */
#define RTC_FLAG_Alarm 0x0002 /* Alarm interrupt flag */
#define RTC_FLAG_Second 0x0001 /* Second interrupt flag */
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void RTC_DeInit(void);
void RTC_ITConfig(u16 RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void);
void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void);
u32 RTC_GetCounter(void);
void RTC_SetCounter(u32 CounterValue);
void RTC_SetPrescaler(u32 PrescalerValue);
u32 RTC_GetPrescaler(void);
void RTC_SetAlarm(u32 AlarmValue);
u32 RTC_GetDivider(void);
void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void);
void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void);
FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(u16 RTC_FLAG);
void RTC_ClearFlag(u16 RTC_FLAG);
ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(u16 RTC_IT);
void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(u16 RTC_IT);
#endif /* __75x_RTC_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

111
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_smi.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_smi.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* SMI software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_SMI_H
#define __75x_SMI_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
u8 SMI_ClockHold;
u8 SMI_Prescaler;
u8 SMI_DeselectTime;
} SMI_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* SMI mode */
#define SMI_Mode_HW 0xEFFFFFFF
#define SMI_Mode_SW 0x10000000
/* Reception Length */
#define SMI_RxLength_0Bytes 0x00000000
#define SMI_RxLength_1Byte 0x00000010
#define SMI_RxLength_2Bytes 0x00000020
#define SMI_RxLength_3Bytes 0x00000030
#define SMI_RxLength_4Bytes 0x00000040
/* Transmission Length */
#define SMI_TxLength_0Bytes 0x00000000
#define SMI_TxLength_1Byte 0x00000001
#define SMI_TxLength_2Bytes 0x00000002
#define SMI_TxLength_3Bytes 0x00000003
#define SMI_TxLength_4Bytes 0x00000004
/* SMI memory Banks */
#define SMI_Bank_0 0x00000001
#define SMI_Bank_1 0x00000002
#define SMI_Bank_2 0x00000004
#define SMI_Bank_3 0x00000008
/* SMI Interrupts */
#define SMI_IT_WC 0x00000200
#define SMI_IT_TF 0x00000100
/* Fast Read Mode */
#define SMI_FastRead_Disable 0xFFFF7FFF
#define SMI_FastRead_Enable 0x00008000
/* Write Burst Mode */
#define SMI_WriteBurst_Disable 0xDFFFFFFF
#define SMI_WriteBurst_Enable 0x20000000
/* SMI Flags */
#define SMI_FLAG_Bank3_WM 0x00008000
#define SMI_FLAG_Bank2_WM 0x00004000
#define SMI_FLAG_Bank1_WM 0x00002000
#define SMI_FLAG_Bank0_WM 0x00001000
#define SMI_FLAG_ERF2 0x00000800
#define SMI_FLAG_ERF1 0x00000400
#define SMI_FLAG_WC 0x00000200
#define SMI_FLAG_TF 0x00000100
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void SMI_DeInit(void);
void SMI_Init(SMI_InitTypeDef* SMI_InitStruct);
void SMI_StructInit(SMI_InitTypeDef* SMI_InitStruct);
void SMI_ModeConfig(u32 SMI_Mode);
void SMI_TxRxLengthConfig(u32 SMI_TxLength, u32 SMI_RxLength);
void SMI_BankCmd(u32 SMI_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
void SMI_ITConfig(u32 SMI_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void SMI_SelectBank(u32 SMI_Bank);
void SMI_SendWENCmd(void);
void SMI_SendRSRCmd(void);
void SMI_SendCmd(u32 Command);
void SMI_FastReadConfig(u32 SMI_FastRead);
void SMI_WriteBurstConfig(u32 SMI_WriteBurst);
void SMI_WriteByte(u32 WriteAddr, u8 Data);
void SMI_WriteHalfWord(u32 WriteAddr, u16 Data);
void SMI_WriteWord(u32 WriteAddr, u32 Data);
u8 SMI_ReadByte(u32 ReadAddr);
u16 SMI_ReadHalfWord(u32 ReadAddr);
u32 SMI_ReadWord(u32 ReadAddr);
u8 SMI_ReadMemoryStatusRegister(void);
FlagStatus SMI_GetFlagStatus(u32 SMI_FLAG);
void SMI_ClearFlag(u32 SMI_FLAG);
ITStatus SMI_GetITStatus(u32 SMI_IT);
void SMI_ClearITPendingBit(u32 SMI_IT);
#endif /* __75x_SMI_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

135
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_ssp.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_SSP.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* SSP software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_SSP_H
#define __75x_SSP_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* SSP Init structure definition */
typedef struct
{
u16 SSP_FrameFormat;
u16 SSP_Mode;
u16 SSP_CPOL;
u16 SSP_CPHA;
u16 SSP_DataSize;
u16 SSP_NSS;
u16 SSP_SlaveOutput;
u8 SSP_ClockRate;
u8 SSP_ClockPrescaler;
}SSP_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* SSP Frame Format Select */
#define SSP_FrameFormat_TI 0x0010
#define SSP_FrameFormat_Motorola 0xFFCF
/* SSP Master/Slave Select */
#define SSP_Mode_Master 0xFFFB
#define SSP_Mode_Slave 0x0004
/* SSP Clock Polarity */
#define SSP_CPOL_Low 0xFFBF
#define SSP_CPOL_High 0x0040
/* SSP Clock Phase */
#define SSP_CPHA_1Edge 0xFF7F
#define SSP_CPHA_2Edge 0x0080
/* SSP Data Size */
#define SSP_DataSize_16b 0x000F
#define SSP_DataSize_15b 0x000E
#define SSP_DataSize_14b 0x000D
#define SSP_DataSize_13b 0x000C
#define SSP_DataSize_12b 0x000B
#define SSP_DataSize_11b 0x000A
#define SSP_DataSize_10b 0x0009
#define SSP_DataSize_9b 0x0008
#define SSP_DataSize_8b 0x0007
#define SSP_DataSize_7b 0x0006
#define SSP_DataSize_6b 0x0005
#define SSP_DataSize_5b 0x0004
#define SSP_DataSize_4b 0x0003
/* SSP Slave Select management config */
#define SSP_NSS_Hard 0xFFEF
#define SSP_NSS_Soft 0x0010
/* SSP NSS internal config */
#define SSP_NSSInternal_Set 0x0020
#define SSP_NSSInternal_Reset 0xFFDF
/* SSP Slave output config */
#define SSP_SlaveOutput_Enable 0xFFF7
#define SSP_SlaveOutput_Disable 0x0008
/* SSP Interrupts */
#define SSP_IT_TxFifo 0x0008
#define SSP_IT_RxFifo 0x0004
#define SSP_IT_RxTimeOut 0x0002
#define SSP_IT_RxOverrun 0x0001
/* SSP Flags */
#define SSP_FLAG_Busy 0x0024
#define SSP_FLAG_RxFifoFull 0x0023
#define SSP_FLAG_RxFifoNotEmpty 0x0022
#define SSP_FLAG_TxFifoNotFull 0x0021
#define SSP_FLAG_TxFifoEmpty 0x0020
#define SSP_FLAG_TxFifo 0x0043
#define SSP_FLAG_RxFifo 0x0042
#define SSP_FLAG_RxTimeOut 0x0041
#define SSP_FLAG_RxOverrun 0x0040
/* SSP DMA Requests */
#define SSP0_DMA_Transmit 0x0002
#define SSP0_DMA_Receive 0x0001
#define SSP0_DMATxReq_Single 0xFFF7
#define SSP0_DMATxReq_Burst 0x0008
#define SSP0_DMARxReq_Single 0xFFFB
#define SSP0_DMARxReq_Burst 0x0004
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void SSP_DeInit(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx);
void SSP_Init(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, SSP_InitTypeDef* SSP_InitStruct);
void SSP_StructInit(SSP_InitTypeDef* SSP_InitStruct);
void SSP_Cmd(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState);
void SSP_ITConfig(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void SSP_DMACmd(u16 SSP0_DMAtransfer, FunctionalState NewState);
void SSP_DMATxConfig(u16 SSP0_DMATxReq);
void SSP_DMARxConfig(u16 SSP0_DMARxReq);
void SSP_SendData(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 Data);
u16 SSP_ReceiveData(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx);
void SSP_LoopBackConfig(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState);
void SSP_NSSInternalConfig(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_NSSState);
FlagStatus SSP_GetFlagStatus(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_FLAG);
void SSP_ClearFlag(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_FLAG);
ITStatus SSP_GetITStatus(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_IT);
void SSP_ClearITPendingBit(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_IT);
#endif /* __75x_SSP_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

93
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_tb.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_tb.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* TB software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_TB_H
#define __75x_TB_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
u16 TB_Mode; /* TB mode */
u16 TB_ClockSource; /* TB clock source: CK_TIM or CK_RTC */
u16 TB_CounterMode; /* TB counter mode */
u16 TB_ICAPolarity; /* TB Input Capture signal Polarity */
u16 TB_Prescaler; /* TB Prescaler factor */
u16 TB_AutoReload; /* TB AutoReload factor */
} TB_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* TB modes */
#define TB_Mode_IC 0x0002
#define TB_Mode_Timing 0x0001
/* TB clock source */
#define TB_ClockSource_CKTIM 0x0001
#define TB_ClockSource_CKRTC 0x0002
/* TB Input capture polarity */
#define TB_ICAPolarity_Rising 0x7000
#define TB_ICAPolarity_Falling 0x8000
/* TB counter modes */
#define TB_CounterMode_Up 0x0000
#define TB_CounterMode_Down 0x0010
#define TB_CounterMode_CenterAligned 0x0060
/* TB interrupt sources */
#define TB_IT_Update 0x0001
#define TB_IT_IC 0x0004
#define TB_IT_GlobalUpdate 0x8001
/* TB Flags */
#define TB_FLAG_IC 0x0004
#define TB_FLAG_Update 0x0001
/* TB Slave Mode Selection */
#define TB_SMSMode_Trigger 0x0018
#define TB_SMSMode_Gated 0x0010
#define TB_SMSMode_External 0x0008
#define TB_SMSMode_Reset 0x0000
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void TB_DeInit(void);
void TB_Init(TB_InitTypeDef* TB_InitStruct);
void TB_StructInit(TB_InitTypeDef *TB_InitStruct);
void TB_Cmd(FunctionalState Newstate );
void TB_ITConfig(u16 TB_IT, FunctionalState Newstate);
void TB_SetPrescaler(u16 Prescaler);
void TB_ResetCounter(void);
void TB_DebugCmd(FunctionalState Newstate);
void TB_CounterModeConfig(u16 TB_CounterMode);
void TB_SLaveModeConfig(u16 TB_SMSMode);
u16 TB_GetCounter(void);
u16 TB_GetICAP1(void);
void TB_SetCounter(u16 Counter);
FlagStatus TB_GetFlagStatus(u16 TB_FLAG);
void TB_ClearFlag(u16 TB_FLAG);
ITStatus TB_GetITStatus(u16 TB_IT);
void TB_ClearITPendingBit(u16 TB_IT);
#endif /* __75x_TB_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

232
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_tim.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_tim.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* TIM software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_TIM_H
#define __75x_TIM_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
u16 TIM_Mode; /* Timer Mode */
u16 TIM_Prescaler; /* Prescaler value */
u16 TIM_ClockSource; /* Timer clock source */
u16 TIM_ExtCLKEdge; /* External clock edge */
u16 TIM_CounterMode; /* Counter mode: Up/Down, Edge aligned or center aligned */
u16 TIM_Period; /* Period value */
u16 TIM_Channel; /* Timer Channel: 1, 2 or All */
u16 TIM_Pulse1; /* PWM or OCM Channel 1 pulse length */
u16 TIM_Pulse2; /* PWM or OCM Channel 2 pulse length */
u16 TIM_RepetitivePulse; /* OPM Repetitive pulse state: enable or disable */
u16 TIM_Polarity1; /* PWM, OCM or OPM Channel 1 polarity */
u16 TIM_Polarity2; /* PWM or OCM Channel 2 polarity */
u16 TIM_IC1Selection; /* Input Capture 1 selection: TI1 or TI2 */
u16 TIM_IC2Selection; /* Input Capture 2 selection: TI1 or TI2 */
u16 TIM_IC1Polarity; /* Input Capture 1 polarity */
u16 TIM_IC2Polarity; /* Input Capture 2 polarity */
u16 TIM_PWMI_ICSelection; /* PWM Input Capture selection: TI1 or TI2 */
u16 TIM_PWMI_ICPolarity; /* PWM Input Capture Polarity */
} TIM_InitTypeDef;
/* Master and slave synchronized Timer peripherals */
typedef enum
{
PWM_Master = 0x01,
TIM0_Master,
TIM1_Master,
TIM2_Master
}Master_TypeDef;
typedef enum
{
PWM_Slave = 0x05,
TIM0_Slave,
TIM1_Slave,
TIM2_Slave
}Slave_TypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* TIM modes */
#define TIM_Mode_OCTiming 0x0001
#define TIM_Mode_OCActive 0x0002
#define TIM_Mode_OCInactive 0x0003
#define TIM_Mode_OCToggle 0x0004
#define TIM_Mode_PWM 0x0005
#define TIM_Mode_PWMI 0x0006
#define TIM_Mode_IC 0x0007
#define TIM_Mode_Encoder1 0x0008
#define TIM_Mode_Encoder2 0x0009
#define TIM_Mode_Encoder3 0x000A
#define TIM_Mode_OPM_PWM 0x000B
#define TIM_Mode_OPM_Toggle 0x000C
#define TIM_Mode_OPM_Active 0x000D
/* TIM Clock Source */
#define TIM_ClockSource_Internal 0x0001
#define TIM_ClockSource_TI11 0x0002
#define TIM_ClockSource_TI12 0x0003
#define TIM_ClockSource_TI22 0x0004
#define TIM_ClockSource_TI21 0x0005
/* TIM External Clock Edge */
#define TIM_ExtCLKEdge_Falling 0x0001
#define TIM_ExtCLKEdge_Rising 0x0002
/* TIM Counter Mode */
#define TIM_CounterMode_Up 0x0000
#define TIM_CounterMode_Down 0x0010
#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 0x0020
#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 0x0040
#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 0x0060
/* TIM Channel */
#define TIM_Channel_1 0x0001
#define TIM_Channel_2 0x0002
#define TIM_Channel_ALL 0x0003
/* TIM Polarity channel 1 */
#define TIM_Polarity1_High 0x0001
#define TIM_Polarity1_Low 0x0002
/* TIM Polarity channel 2 */
#define TIM_Polarity2_High 0x0001
#define TIM_Polarity2_Low 0x0002
#define TIM_RepetitivePulse_Disable 0x0005
#define TIM_RepetitivePulse_Enable 0x0006
/* TIM Input Capture channel 1 Selection */
#define TIM_IC1Selection_TI1 0x0001
#define TIM_IC1Selection_TI2 0x0002
/* TIM Input Capture channel 2 Selection */
#define TIM_IC2Selection_TI1 0x0001
#define TIM_IC2Selection_TI2 0x0002
/* TIM Input Capture channel 1 Polarity */
#define TIM_IC1Polarity_Falling 0x0001
#define TIM_IC1Polarity_Rising 0x0002
/* TIM Input Capture channel 2 Polarity */
#define TIM_IC2Polarity_Falling 0x0001
#define TIM_IC2Polarity_Rising 0x0002
/* TIM PWM Input IC Selection */
#define TIM_PWMI_ICSelection_TI1 0x0001
#define TIM_PWMI_ICSelection_TI2 0x0002
/* TIM PWM Input IC Polarity */
#define TIM_PWMI_ICPolarity_Falling 0x0003
#define TIM_PWMI_ICPolarity_Rising 0x0004
/* TIM interrupt sources */
#define TIM_IT_IC1 0x0004
#define TIM_IT_IC2 0x0008
#define TIM_IT_OC1 0x0100
#define TIM_IT_OC2 0x0200
#define TIM_IT_Update 0x0001
#define TIM_IT_GlobalUpdate 0x1001
/* TIM DMA sources */
#define TIM_DMASource_IC1 0x0004
#define TIM_DMASource_IC2 0x0008
#define TIM_DMASource_OC1 0x0100
#define TIM_DMASource_OC2 0x0200
#define TIM_DMASource_Update 0x0001
/* TIM DMA Base address */
#define TIM_DMABase_CR 0x0000
#define TIM_DMABase_SCR 0x0800
#define TIM_DMABase_IMCR 0x1000
#define TIM_DMABase_OMR1 0x1800
#define TIM_DMABase_RSR 0x3000
#define TIM_DMABase_RER 0x3800
#define TIM_DMABase_ISR 0x4000
#define TIM_DMABase_CNT 0x4800
#define TIM_DMABase_PSC 0x5000
#define TIM_DMABase_ARR 0x6000
#define TIM_DMABase_OCR1 0x6800
#define TIM_DMABase_OCR2 0x7000
#define TIM_DMABase_ICR1 0x9800
#define TIM_DMABase_ICR2 0xA000
/* TIM Flags */
#define TIM_FLAG_IC1 0x0004
#define TIM_FLAG_IC2 0x0008
#define TIM_FLAG_OC1 0x0100
#define TIM_FLAG_OC2 0x0200
#define TIM_FLAG_Update 0x0001
/* TIM_ForcedAction */
#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active 0x000A
#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive 0x0008
/* TIM synchronization action */
#define TIM_SynchroAction_Enable 0x0100
#define TIM_SynchroAction_Update 0x0200
#define TIM_SynchroAction_Reset 0x0000
#define TIM_SynchroAction_OC 0x0300
/* TIM synchronization mode */
#define TIM_SynchroMode_Gated 0x0010
#define TIM_SynchroMode_Trigger 0x0018
#define TIM_SynchroMode_External 0x0008
#define TIM_SynchroMode_Reset 0x0000
/* OCRM bit states */
#define TIM_OCRMState_Enable 0x0005
#define TIM_OCRMState_Disable 0x0006
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx);
void TIM_Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_InitTypeDef* TIM_InitStruct);
void TIM_StructInit(TIM_InitTypeDef *TIM_InitStruct);
void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, FunctionalState Newstate);
void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, u16 TIM_IT, FunctionalState Newstate);
void TIM_PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_Channel, FunctionalState Newstate);
void TIM_DMAConfig(u16 TIM_DMASources, u16 TIM_OCRMState, u16 TIM_DMABase);
void TIM_DMACmd(u16 TIM_DMASources, FunctionalState Newstate);
void TIM_ClockSourceConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, u16 TIM_ClockSource,
u16 TIM_ExtCLKEdge);
void TIM_SetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 Prescaler);
void TIM_SetPeriod(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 Period);
void TIM_SetPulse(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_Channel, u16 Pulse);
u16 TIM_GetICAP1(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx);
u16 TIM_GetICAP2(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx);
u16 TIM_GetPWMIPulse(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx);
u16 TIM_GetPWMIPeriod(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx);
void TIM_DebugCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, FunctionalState Newstate);
void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_CounterMode);
void TIM_ForcedOCConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_Channel,
u16 TIM_ForcedAction);
void TIM_ResetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
void TIM_SynchroConfig(Master_TypeDef Master, Slave_TypeDef Slave,
u16 TIM_SynchroAction, u16 TIM_SynchroMode);
FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_FLAG);
void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_FLAG);
ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_IT);
void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, u16 TIM_IT);
#endif /* __75x_TIM_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

71
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_type.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_type.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the common data types used for the
* STR75x software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_TYPE_H
#define __75x_TYPE_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef signed long s32;
typedef signed short s16;
typedef signed char s8;
typedef volatile signed long vs32;
typedef volatile signed short vs16;
typedef volatile signed char vs8;
typedef unsigned long u32;
typedef unsigned short u16;
typedef unsigned char u8;
typedef volatile unsigned long vu32;
typedef volatile unsigned short vu16;
typedef volatile unsigned char vu8;
typedef volatile unsigned long const vuc32; /* Read Only */
typedef volatile unsigned short const vuc16; /* Read Only */
typedef volatile unsigned char const vuc8; /* Read Only */
typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE = !FALSE } bool;
typedef enum { RESET = 0, SET = !RESET } FlagStatus, ITStatus;
typedef enum { DISABLE = 0, ENABLE = !DISABLE} FunctionalState;
typedef enum { ERROR = 0, SUCCESS = !ERROR} ErrorStatus;
#define U8_MAX ((u8)255)
#define S8_MAX ((s8)127)
#define S8_MIN ((s8)-128)
#define U16_MAX ((u16)65535u)
#define S16_MAX ((s16)32767)
#define S16_MIN ((s16)-32768)
#define U32_MAX ((u32)4294967295uL)
#define S32_MAX ((s32)2147483647)
#define S32_MIN ((s32)-2147483648)
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
#endif /* __75x_TYPE_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

178
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_uart.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_uart.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* UART software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_UART_H
#define __75x_UART_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* UART FIFO Level enumeration */
typedef enum
{
UART_FIFOLevel_1_8 = 0x0000, /* FIFO size 16 bytes, FIFO level 2 bytes */
UART_FIFOLevel_1_4 = 0x0001, /* FIFO size 16 bytes, FIFO level 4 bytes */
UART_FIFOLevel_1_2 = 0x0002, /* FIFO size 16 bytes, FIFO level 8 bytes */
UART_FIFOLevel_3_4 = 0x0003, /* FIFO size 16 bytes, FIFO level 12 bytes */
UART_FIFOLevel_7_8 = 0x0004 /* FIFO size 16 bytes, FIFO level 14 bytes */
}UART_FIFOLevel;
/* UART Init Structure definition */
typedef struct
{
u16 UART_WordLength;
u16 UART_StopBits;
u16 UART_Parity;
u32 UART_BaudRate;
u16 UART_HardwareFlowControl;
u16 UART_Mode;
u16 UART_FIFO;
UART_FIFOLevel UART_TxFIFOLevel;
UART_FIFOLevel UART_RxFIFOLevel;
}UART_InitTypeDef;
/* UART RTS enumeration */
typedef enum
{
RTSRESET = 1,
RTSSET
}UART_RTSTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* UART Data Length */
#define UART_WordLength_5D 0x0000 /* 5 bits Data */
#define UART_WordLength_6D 0x0020 /* 6 bits Data */
#define UART_WordLength_7D 0x0040 /* 7 bits Data */
#define UART_WordLength_8D 0x0060 /* 8 bits Data */
/* UART Stop Bits */
#define UART_StopBits_1 0xFFF7 /* One stop bit is transmitted at
the end of frame */
#define UART_StopBits_2 0x0008 /* Tow stop bits are transmitted
at the end of frame */
/* UART Parity */
#define UART_Parity_No 0x0000 /* Parity Disable */
#define UART_Parity_Even 0x0006 /* Even Parity */
#define UART_Parity_Odd 0x0002 /* Odd Parity */
#define UART_Parity_OddStick 0x0082 /* 1 is transmitted as bit parity */
#define UART_Parity_EvenStick 0x0086 /* 0 is transmitted as bit parity */
/* UART Hardware Flow Control */
#define UART_HardwareFlowControl_None 0x0000/* HFC Disable */
#define UART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS 0x4000/* RTS Enable */
#define UART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS 0x8000/* CTS Enable */
#define UART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS 0xC000/* CTS and RTS Enable */
/* UART Mode */
#define UART_Mode_Rx 0x0200 /* UART Rx Enabled */
#define UART_Mode_Tx 0x0100 /* UART Tx Enbled */
#define UART_Mode_Tx_Rx 0x0300 /* UART Tx and Rx Enabled */
/* UART FIFO */
#define UART_FIFO_Disable 0xFFEF /* FIFOs Disable */
#define UART_FIFO_Enable 0x0010 /* FIFOs Enable */
/* UART Interrupt definition */
#define UART_IT_OverrunError 0x0400 /* Overrun Error interrupt */
#define UART_IT_BreakError 0x0200 /* Break Error interrupt */
#define UART_IT_ParityError 0x0100 /* Parity Error interrupt */
#define UART_IT_FrameError 0x0080 /* Frame Error interrupt */
#define UART_IT_ReceiveTimeOut 0x0040 /* Receive Time Out interrupt */
#define UART_IT_Transmit 0x0020 /* Transmit interrupt */
#define UART_IT_Receive 0x0010 /* Receive interrupt */
#define UART_IT_CTS 0x0002 /* CTS interrupt */
/* UART0 DMA transfer */
#define UART0_DMATransfer_Single 0xFFF7 /* Single DMA transfer */
#define UART0_DMATransfer_Burst 0x0008 /* Burst DMA transfer */
/* UART0 DMA On Error */
#define UART0_DMAOnError_Enable 0xFFFB /* DMA receive request enabled
when the UART0 error interrupt
is asserted. */
#define UART0_DMAOnError_Disable 0x0004 /* DMA receive request disabled
when the UART0 error interrupt
is asserted. */
/* UART0 DMA Request */
#define UART0_DMAReq_Tx 0x0002 /* Transmit DMA Enable */
#define UART0_DMAReq_Rx 0x0001 /* Receive DMA Enable */
/* UART FLAG */
#define UART_FLAG_OverrunError 0x23 /* Overrun error flag */
#define UART_FLAG_Break 0x22 /* break error flag */
#define UART_FLAG_ParityError 0x21 /* parity error flag */
#define UART_FLAG_FrameError 0x20 /* frame error flag */
#define UART_FLAG_TxFIFOEmpty 0x47 /* Transmit FIFO Empty flag */
#define UART_FLAG_RxFIFOFull 0x46 /* Receive FIFO Full flag */
#define UART_FLAG_TxFIFOFull 0x45 /* Transmit FIFO Full flag */
#define UART_FLAG_RxFIFOEmpty 0x44 /* Receive FIFO Empty flag */
#define UART_FLAG_Busy 0x43 /* UART Busy flag */
#define UART_FLAG_CTS 0x40 /* CTS flag */
#define UART_RawIT_OverrunError 0x6A /* Overrun Error Masked IT flag */
#define UART_RawIT_BreakError 0x69 /* Break Error Masked IT flag */
#define UART_RawIT_ParityError 0x68 /* Parity Error Masked IT flag */
#define UART_RawIT_FrameError 0x67 /* Frame Error Masked IT flag */
#define UART_RawIT_ReceiveTimeOut 0x66 /* ReceiveTimeOut Masked IT flag */
#define UART_RawIT_Transmit 0x65 /* Transmit Masked IT flag */
#define UART_RawIT_Receive 0x64 /* Receive Masked IT flag */
#define UART_RawIT_CTS 0x61 /* CTS Masked IT flag */
/* UART LIN break length */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_10 0x0000 /* 10 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_11 0x0200 /* 11 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_12 0x0400 /* 12 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_13 0x0600 /* 13 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_14 0x0800 /* 14 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_15 0x0A00 /* 15 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_16 0x0C00 /* 16 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_17 0x0E00 /* 17 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_18 0x1000 /* 18 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_19 0x1200 /* 19 low bits */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_20 0x1400 /* 20 low bits */
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void UART_DeInit(UART_TypeDef* UARTx);
void UART_Init(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, UART_InitTypeDef* UART_InitStruct);
void UART_StructInit(UART_InitTypeDef* UART_InitStruct);
void UART_Cmd(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void UART_ITConfig(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void UART_DMAConfig(u16 UART0_DMATransfer, u16 UART0_DMAOnError);
void UART_DMACmd(u16 UART0_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
void UART_LoopBackConfig(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void UART_LINConfig(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_LINBreakLength);
void UART_LINCmd(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void UART_SendData(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u8 Data);
u8 UART_ReceiveData(UART_TypeDef* UARTx);
void UART_SendBreak(UART_TypeDef* UARTx);
void UART_RTSConfig(UART_TypeDef* UARTx,UART_RTSTypeDef RTSState);
FlagStatus UART_GetFlagStatus(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_FLAG);
void UART_ClearFlag(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_FLAG);
ITStatus UART_GetITStatus(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_IT);
void UART_ClearITPendingBit(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_IT);
#endif /* __75x_UART_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

62
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/75x_wdg.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_wdg.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* WDG software library.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __75x_WDG_H
#define __75x_WDG_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_map.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef struct
{
u16 WDG_Mode; /* Watchdog or Timer mode */
u16 WDG_Preload; /* Preload register */
u8 WDG_Prescaler; /* Prescaler register */
}WDG_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* WDG/Timer Select */
#define WDG_Mode_WDG 0x0001
#define WDG_Mode_Timer 0xFFFE
/* WDG End of Count interrupt request */
#define WDG_IT_EC 0x0001
/* WDG end of count Flag */
#define WDG_FLAG_EC 0x0001
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
void WDG_DeInit(void);
void WDG_Init(WDG_InitTypeDef* WDG_InitStruct);
void WDG_StructInit(WDG_InitTypeDef* WDG_InitStruct);
void WDG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void WDG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
u16 WDG_GetCounter(void);
FlagStatus WDG_GetFlagStatus(void);
void WDG_ClearFlag(void);
ITStatus WDG_GetITStatus(void);
void WDG_ClearITPendingBit(void);
#endif /* __WDG_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

120
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/inc/lcd.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : lcd.h
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file contains all the functions prototypes for the
* lcd software driver.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion ---------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __LCD_H
#define __LCD_H
/* Includes --------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_lib.h"
/* Exported types --------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Data lines configuration mode */
typedef enum
{
Input,
Output
} DataConfigMode_TypeDef;
/* Text color mode */
typedef enum
{
BlackText=0,
WhiteText=1
} TextColorMode_TypeDef;
/* Dot On/Off mode */
typedef enum
{
Dot_On,
Dot_Off
} DotMode_TypeDef;
/* Exported constants ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* LCD Control pins */
#define CtrlPin_E2 0x00000001
#define CtrlPin_E1 0x00000002
#define CtrlPin_RW 0x00000004
#define CtrlPin_DI 0x00000008
/* LCD Commands */
#define DISPLAY_ON 0xAF
#define DISPLAY_OFF 0xAE
#define START_LINE 0xC0
#define START_COLUMN 0x00
#define CLOCKWISE_OUTPUT 0xA0
#define DYNAMIC_DRIVE 0xA4
#define DUTY_CYCLE 0xA9
#define READ_MODIFY_WRITE_OFF 0xEE
#define SOFTWARE_RESET 0xE2
/* LCD Lines when LCD is managed as 2*17 characters */
#define Line1 0x0
#define Line2 0x2
/* Exported macro --------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*----- Low layer function -----*/
void LCD_CtrlLinesConfig(void);
void LCD_CtrlLinesWrite(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u32 CtrlPins, BitAction BitVal);
void LCD_DataLinesConfig(DataConfigMode_TypeDef Mode);
void LCD_DataLinesWrite(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u32 PortVal);
/*----- Medium layer function -----*/
void LCD_CheckMasterStatus(void);
void LCD_CheckSlaveStatus(void);
void LCD_SendMasterCmd(u8 Cmd);
void LCD_SendSlaveCmd(u8 Cmd);
void LCD_SendMasterData(u8 Data);
u32 LCD_ReadMasterData(void);
void LCD_SendSlaveData(u8 Data);
u32 LCD_ReadSlaveData(void);
void LCD_SetMasterPage(u8 Page);
void LCD_SetSlavePage(u8 Page);
void LCD_SetMasterColumn(u8 Address);
void LCD_SetSlaveColumn(u8 Address);
void LCD_DrawChar(u8 Line, u8 Column, u8 Width, u8 *Bmp);
u8 LCD_HexToAsciiLow(u8 byte);
u8 LCD_HexToAsciiHigh(u8 byte);
void LCD_SetTextColor(TextColorMode_TypeDef TextColor);
/*----- High layer function -----*/
void LCD_Init(void);
/* LCD managed as 2 Lines, 17 characters each one (2Lines*17Char) */
void LCD_ClearLine(u8 Line);
void LCD_DisplayChar(u8 Line, u8 Column, u8 Ascii, TextColorMode_TypeDef CharMode);
void LCD_DisplayString(u8 Line, u8 *ptr, TextColorMode_TypeDef CharMode);
void LCD_Printf(u8* ptr, ...);
/* LCD managed as 122*32 dots */
void LCD_ClearMaster(void);
void LCD_ClearSlave(void);
void LCD_Clear(void);
void LCD_DrawMasterGraphic(u8 *Bmp);
void LCD_DrawSlaveGraphic(u8 *Bmp);
void LCD_DrawGraphic(u8 *Bmp);
void LCD_ScrollGraphic(u8 *Bmp, u32 nCount);
void LCD_DrawPixel(u8 XPos, u8 YPos, DotMode_TypeDef Mode);
void LCD_DrawLine(u8 XPos1, u8 YPos1, u8 XPos2, u8 YPos2);
void LCD_DrawBox(u8 XPos, u8 YPos, u8 Dx, u8 Dy);
#endif /*__LCD_H */
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE******/

869
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_adc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,869 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_adc.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the ADC software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_adc.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Mask for Power Down Mode */
#define ADC_PowerDown_Enable 0x8000
#define ADC_PowerDown_Disable 0x7FFF
/* Mask for Watchdog Thresholds Enable */
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Enable 0x8000
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Disable 0x7FFF
/* Mask for Injected conversion start */
#define ADC_Injec_ConversionStart 0x8000
/* DMA enable */
#define ADC_DMA_ExtEnable_Mask 0x4000
/* Injected start trigger enable */
#define ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_Enable 0x4000
/* ADC Masks */
#define ADC_DMAFirstEnabledChannel_Mask 0x000F
#define ADC_DataRegisterOffset 0x0050
#define ADC_FirstChannel_Mask 0xFFF0
#define ADC_ChannelNumber_Mask 0xFC3F
#define ADC_Threshold_Mask 0xFC00
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdogChannel_Mask 0xC3FF
#define ADC_Prescalers_Mask 0x7F18
#define ADC_SPEN_Mask 0x8000
#define ADC_FallingEdge_Mask 0xEFFF
#define ADC_LowLevel_Mask 0x4000
#define ADC_HighLevel_Mask 0xDFFF
#define ADC_Calibration_Mask 0x0002
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the ADC peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* Input : None.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset the ADC registers values*/
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_ADC,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_ADC,DISABLE);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_Init
* Description : Initializes the ADC peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the ADC_InitStruct.
* Input : - ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that
contains the configuration information for the ADC peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_Init(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct)
{
/* Configure the conversion mode */
if(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ConversionMode == ADC_ConversionMode_Scan)
{
/* Set the scan conversion mode */
ADC->CLR2 |= ADC_ConversionMode_Scan;
}
else
{
/* Set the one-shot conversion mode */
ADC->CLR2 &= ADC_ConversionMode_OneShot;
}
/* Configure the external start conversion trigger */
switch(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExtTrigger)
{
case ADC_ExtTrigger_HighLevel:
/* Start conversion on High level of the external trigger (TIM0) */
ADC->CLR0 &= ADC_HighLevel_Mask;
ADC->CLR0 |= ADC_ExtTrigger_HighLevel;
break;
case ADC_ExtTrigger_LowLevel:
/* Start conversion on low level of the external trigger (TIM0) */
ADC->CLR0 &= ADC_ExtTrigger_LowLevel;
ADC->CLR0 |= ADC_LowLevel_Mask;
break;
case ADC_ExtTrigger_RisingEdge:
/* Start conversion on rising edge of the external trigger (TIM0) */
ADC->CLR0 |= ADC_ExtTrigger_RisingEdge;
break;
case ADC_ExtTrigger_FallingEdge:
/* Start conversion on falling edge of the external trigger (TIM0) */
ADC->CLR0 &= ADC_FallingEdge_Mask;
ADC->CLR0 |= ADC_ExtTrigger_FallingEdge;
break;
case ADC_ExtTrigger_Disable:
/* Disable the external trigger and start the conversion by software */
ADC->CLR0 &= ADC_ExtTrigger_Disable;
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Configure the auto clock off feature */
if (ADC_InitStruct->ADC_AutoClockOff == ADC_AutoClockOff_Enable)
{
/* Enable the auto clock off feature */
ADC->CLR4 |= ADC_AutoClockOff_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable the auto clock off feature */
ADC->CLR4 &= ADC_AutoClockOff_Disable;
}
/* Clear conversion prescaler CNVP[2:0], sampling prescaler SMPP[2:0] bits
and Sample prescaler enable SPEN bit */
ADC->CLR1 &= ADC_Prescalers_Mask;
/* Set conversion prescaler value (sampling and conversion prescalers are equal
while SPEN bit is reset */
ADC->CLR1 |= (ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ConversionPrescaler<<5);
/* In case ADC_SamplingPrescaler member is different from the conversion one */
if(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_SamplingPrescaler != ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ConversionPrescaler)
{
/* Set the sampling prescaler value */
ADC->CLR1 |= ADC_InitStruct->ADC_SamplingPrescaler;
/* Set SPEN bit (sampling and conversion prescalers are different */
ADC->CLR1 = (ADC->CLR1 | ADC_SPEN_Mask);
}
/* Clear first channel to be converted FCH[3:0] bits */
ADC->CLR2 &= ADC_FirstChannel_Mask;
/* Set the first channel to be converted */
ADC->CLR2 |= ADC_InitStruct->ADC_FirstChannel;
/* Clear number of channels to be converted NCH[3:0] bits */
ADC->CLR2 &= ADC_ChannelNumber_Mask;
/* Set the number of channels to be converted */
ADC->CLR2 |= ((ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ChannelNumber)-1<<6);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_StructInit
* Description : Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value.
* Input : - ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure
which will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct)
{
/* Initialize the ADC_ConversionMode member */
ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ConversionMode = ADC_ConversionMode_OneShot;
/* Initialize the ADC_ExtTrigger member */
ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExtTrigger = ADC_ExtTrigger_Disable;
/* Initialize the ADC_AutoClockOff member */
ADC_InitStruct->ADC_AutoClockOff = ADC_AutoClockOff_Disable;
/* Initialize the ADC_SamplingPrescaler member */
ADC_InitStruct->ADC_SamplingPrescaler = 0;
/* Initialize the ADC_ConversionPrescaler member */
ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ConversionPrescaler = 0;
/* Initialize the ADC_FirstChannel member */
ADC_InitStruct->ADC_FirstChannel = ADC_CHANNEL0;
/* Initialize the ADC_ChannelNumber member */
ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ChannelNumber = 1;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_StartCalibration
* Description : Starts the ADC Calibration. Calibration average enabled/disabled.
* Input : - ADC_CalibAverage: Enables or disables ADC calibration average.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - ADC_CalibAverage_Enable: enable calibration average
* - ADC_CalibAverage_Disable: disable calibration average
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_StartCalibration(u16 ADC_CalibAverage)
{
if (ADC_CalibAverage == ADC_CalibAverage_Enable)
{
/* Enable ADC Calibration Average */
ADC->CLR4 &= ADC_CalibAverage_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable ADC Calibration Average */
ADC->CLR4 |= ADC_CalibAverage_Disable;
}
/* Start Calibration */
ADC->CLR0 |= ADC_Calibration_ON;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_GetCalibrationStatus
* Description : Get the ADC Calibration Status.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The NewState of the ADC calibration (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(void)
{
/* Check the status of the ADC calibration */
if((ADC->CLR0 & ADC_Calibration_Mask) != RESET)
{
/* Return SET if ADC Calibration is on going */
return SET;
}
else
{
/* Return RESET if ADC Calibration is finished */
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_ConversionCmd
* Description : Starts or stops the ADC conversion.
* Input : - ADC_Conversion: specifies the ADC command to apply.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - ADC_Conversion_Start: start conversion
* - ADC_Conversion_Stop: stop conversion
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_ConversionCmd (u16 ADC_Conversion)
{
if (ADC_Conversion == ADC_Conversion_Start)
{
/* Start the ADC Conversion */
ADC->CLR0 |= ADC_Conversion_Start;
}
else
{
/* Stop the ADC Conversion */
ADC->CLR0 &= ADC_Conversion_Stop;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_GetSTARTBitStatus
* Description : Gets the ADC START/STOP bit Status.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The NewState of the ADC START/STOP bit (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus ADC_GetSTARTBitStatus(void)
{
/* Check the status of the ADC START/STOP bit */
if((ADC->CLR0 & ADC_Conversion_Start) != RESET)
{
/* Return SET if ADC Conversion is started */
return SET;
}
else
{
/* Return RESET if ADC Conversion is stopped */
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_Cmd
* Description : Enables the ADC peripheral or puts it in power down mode.
* - NewState: new state of the ADC peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == DISABLE)
{
/* Enable ADC Power Down Mode */
ADC->CLR4 |= ADC_PowerDown_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable ADC Power Down Mode */
ADC->CLR4 &= ADC_PowerDown_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_AutoClockOffConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the Auto clock off feature.
* - NewState: new state of the Auto clock off feature. This
* parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_AutoClockOffConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable ADC Auto Clock Off */
ADC->CLR4 |= ADC_AutoClockOff_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable ADC Auto Clock Off */
ADC->CLR4 &= ADC_AutoClockOff_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_AnalogWatchdogConfig
* Description : Configures the analog input channel to be used for the selected
* Analog Watchdog and defines its corresponding High and Low
* threshold values.
* Input : - ADC_AnalogWatchdog: specifies the analog watchdog which will
* be affected to the desired converted channel. This parameter
* can be one of the following values:
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog0: select analog watchdog 0
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog1: select analog watchdog 1
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog2: select analog watchdog 2
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog3: select analog watchdog 3
* - ADC_CHANNEL: specifies the channel linked to the selected
* analog watchdog. This parameter can be ADC_CHANNELx where x
* can be (0..15)
* - LowThreshold: Low Threshold for the selected Analog watchdog
* - HighThreshold: High Threshold for the selected Analog watchdog
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogConfig(u16 ADC_AnalogWatchdog, u8 ADC_CHANNEL,
u16 LowThreshold, u16 HighThreshold)
{
switch (ADC_AnalogWatchdog)
{
/* Set the selected channel and their corresponding High and Low thresholds */
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog0 :
ADC->TRA0 = (ADC->TRA0 & ADC_AnalogWatchdogChannel_Mask) | ((u16) ADC_CHANNEL<<10);
ADC->TRA0 = (ADC->TRA0 & ADC_Threshold_Mask) | HighThreshold;
ADC->TRB0 = (ADC->TRB0 & ADC_Threshold_Mask) | LowThreshold;
break;
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog1 :
ADC->TRA1 = (ADC->TRA1 & ADC_AnalogWatchdogChannel_Mask) | ((u16) ADC_CHANNEL<<10);
ADC->TRA1 = (ADC->TRA1 & ADC_Threshold_Mask) | HighThreshold;
ADC->TRB1 = (ADC->TRB1 & ADC_Threshold_Mask) | LowThreshold;
break;
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog2 :
ADC->TRA2 = (ADC->TRA2 & ADC_AnalogWatchdogChannel_Mask) | ((u16) ADC_CHANNEL<<10);
ADC->TRA2 = (ADC->TRA2 & ADC_Threshold_Mask) | HighThreshold;
ADC->TRB2 = (ADC->TRB2 & ADC_Threshold_Mask) | LowThreshold;
break;
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog3 :
ADC->TRA3 = (ADC->TRA3 & ADC_AnalogWatchdogChannel_Mask) | ((u16) ADC_CHANNEL<<10);
ADC->TRA3 = (ADC->TRA3 & ADC_Threshold_Mask) | HighThreshold;
ADC->TRB3 = (ADC->TRB3 & ADC_Threshold_Mask) | LowThreshold;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd
* Description : Enables or disables the selected analog Watchdog.
* Input : - ADC_AnalogWatchdog: specifies the analog watchdog to be
* enabled or disabled. This parameter can be one of the
* following values:
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog0: select analog watchdog 0
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog1: select analog watchdog 1
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog2: select analog watchdog 2
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog3: select analog watchdog 3
* - NewState: new state of the specified analog watchdog.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(u16 ADC_AnalogWatchdog, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC AnalogWatchdogx */
switch (ADC_AnalogWatchdog)
{
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog0 :
ADC->TRB0 |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Enable;
break;
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog1 :
ADC->TRB1 |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Enable;
break;
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog2 :
ADC->TRB2 |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Enable;
break;
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog3 :
ADC->TRB3 |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Enable;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected ADC AnalogWatchdogx */
switch (ADC_AnalogWatchdog)
{
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog0 :
ADC->TRB0 &= ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Disable;
break;
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog1 :
ADC->TRB1 &= ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Disable;
break;
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog2 :
ADC->TRB2 &= ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Disable;
break;
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog3 :
ADC->TRB3 &= ADC_AnalogWatchdog_Disable;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_GetAnalogWatchdogResult
* Description : Returns the comparison result of the selected analog watchdog.
* Input : - ADC_AnalogWatchdog: specifies the analog watchdog channel
* which its comparison result will be returned. This parameter
* can be one of the following values:
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog0: select analog watchdog 0
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog1: select analog watchdog 1
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog2: select analog watchdog 2
* - ADC_AnalogWatchdog3: select analog watchdog 3
* Output : None
* Return : The analog watchdog comparaison result value
*******************************************************************************/
u16 ADC_GetAnalogWatchdogResult(u16 ADC_AnalogWatchdog)
{
/* Return the selected ADC AnalogWatchdogx comparaison result */
switch(ADC_AnalogWatchdog)
{
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog0 :
return ((ADC->PBR & ADC_AnalogWatchdog)>>4);
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog1 :
return ((ADC->PBR & ADC_AnalogWatchdog)>>6);
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog2 :
return ((ADC->PBR & ADC_AnalogWatchdog)>>8);
case ADC_AnalogWatchdog3 :
return ((ADC->PBR & ADC_AnalogWatchdog)>>10);
default : return (0xFF); /* if a wrong value of ADC_AnalogWatchdog is selected */
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_InjectedConversionConfig
* Description : Configures the start trigger level for the injected channels
* and the injected analog input channels to be converted.
* Input : - ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger: specifies the start trigger level.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_Disable : external trigger disabled
* - ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_RisingEdge: external trigger
* configured as rising edge of PWM Timer TRGO signal
* - ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_FallingEdge: external trigger
* configured as falling edge of PWM Timer TRGO signal
* - FirstChannel: specifies the first injected channel to be
* converted.
* This parameter can be ADC_CHANNELx where x can be (0..15).
* - ChannelNumber: specifies the Number of the injected channels
* to be converted. This parameter can be a value from 1 to 16.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_InjectedConversionConfig(u16 ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger, u8 FirstChannel, u8 ChannelNumber)
{
/* Configure the external start injected conversion trigger */
switch (ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger)
{
case ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_Disable :
/* Disable the external trigger and start the injected conversion by software */
ADC->CLR3 &= ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_Disable ;
break;
case ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_RisingEdge :
/* Start injected conversion on rising edge of the external trigger (PWM) */
ADC->CLR3 |= ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_RisingEdge;
break;
case ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_FallingEdge :
/* Start injected conversion on falling edge of the external trigger (PWM) */
ADC->CLR3 |= ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_Enable;
ADC->CLR3 &= ADC_Injec_ExtTrigger_FallingEdge;
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Clear first injected channel to be converted JFCH[3:0] bits */
ADC->CLR3 &= ADC_FirstChannel_Mask;
/* Set the first injected channel to be converted */
ADC->CLR3 |= FirstChannel;
/* Clear number of injected channels to be converted JNCH[3:0] bits */
ADC->CLR3 &= ADC_ChannelNumber_Mask;
/* Set the number of injected channels to be converted */
ADC->CLR3 |= ((ChannelNumber-1)<<6);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_StartInjectedConversion
* Description : Starts by software the conversion of the injected input channels.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_StartInjectedConversion(void)
{
/* Start the injected ADC Conversion */
ADC->CLR3 |= ADC_Injec_ConversionStart;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_GetConversionValue
* Description : Reads the conversion result from the appropriate data register.
* Input : - ADC_CHANNEL :specifies the ADC channel which its conversion
* value have to be returned. This parameter can be ADC_CHANNELx
* where x can be (0..15) to select channelx
* Output : None
* Return : The returned value holds the conversion result of the selected
* channel.
*******************************************************************************/
u16 ADC_GetConversionValue(u8 ADC_CHANNEL)
{
/* Return the conversion result of the selected channel */
return *((u16 *)(ADC_BASE + ((ADC_CHANNEL<<2) + ADC_DataRegisterOffset)));
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_ITConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts.
* Input : - ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupts to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - ADC_IT_ECH: End of chain conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_EOC: End of channel conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_JECH: Injected end of chain conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_JEOC: Injected end of channel conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog0_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog0_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog1_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog1_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog2_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog2_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog3_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 3 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog3_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 5 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_ALL: All interrupts
* - NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_ITConfig(u16 ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */
ADC->IMR |= ADC_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */
ADC->IMR &= ~ADC_IT;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_DMAConfig
* Description : Configures the ADC’s DMA interface.
* Input : - ADC_DMA_CHANNEL: specifies the channels to be enabled or
* disabled for DMA transfer. This parameter can be any
* combination of ADC_DMA_CHANNELx where x can be (0..15).
* - NewState: new state of the specified ADC DMA channels.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_DMAConfig(u16 ADC_DMA_CHANNEL, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable DMA for the selected channels */
ADC->DMAR |= ADC_DMA_CHANNEL ;
}
else
{
/* Disable DMA for the selected channels */
ADC->DMAR &= ~ADC_DMA_CHANNEL;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_DMACmd
* Description : Enable or disable the DMA transfer for the ADC.
* Input : - ADC_DMA: specifies the DMA command. This parameter can be
* one of the following values:
* - ADC_DMA_Disable: disable the DMA capability
* - ADC_DMA_Enable: enabled by setting the global
* enable bit
* - ADC_DMA_ExtTrigger_HighLevel: enabled by detection of
* high level of TIM2 OC2 signal
* - ADC_DMA_ExtTrigger_LowLevel: enabled by detection of
* low level of TIM2 OC2 signal
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_DMACmd(u16 ADC_DMA)
{
/* Configure the DMA external trigger enable */
switch (ADC_DMA)
{
case ADC_DMA_Disable :
/* Disable DMA transfer */
ADC->DMAE &= ADC_DMA_Disable;
break;
case ADC_DMA_Enable :
/* Enable DMA transfer */
ADC->DMAE |= ADC_DMA_Enable;
break;
case ADC_DMA_ExtTrigger_HighLevel :
/* Enable DMA transfer on high level of the external trigger (TIM2) */
ADC->DMAE &= ADC_DMA_Disable;
ADC->DMAE |= ADC_DMA_ExtTrigger_HighLevel;
break;
case ADC_DMA_ExtTrigger_LowLevel :
/* Enable DMA transfer on low level of the external trigger (TIM2) */
ADC->DMAE |= ADC_DMA_ExtEnable_Mask;
ADC->DMAE &= ADC_DMA_ExtTrigger_LowLevel;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_GetDMAFirstEnabledChannel
* Description : Gets the first DMA-enabled channel configured at the time that
* DMA was last globally enabled.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The first DMA enabled channel
*******************************************************************************/
u16 ADC_GetDMAFirstEnabledChannel(void)
{
/* Return the DMA first enabled channel */
return (ADC->DMAE & ADC_DMAFirstEnabledChannel_Mask);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not.
* Input : - ADC_FLAG: specifies the ADC flag to check. This parameter
* can be one of the following values:
* - ADC_FLAG_ECH: End of chain conversion Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of channel conversion Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_JECH: End of injected chain conversion Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected channel conversion Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog0_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 LowThreshold Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog0_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 HighThreshold Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog1_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 LowThreshold Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog1_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 HighThreshold Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog2_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 LowThreshold Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog2_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 HighThreshold Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog3_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 3 LowThreshold Flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog3_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 3 HighThreshold Flag
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of the ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(u16 ADC_FLAG)
{
/* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */
if((ADC->PBR & ADC_FLAG) != RESET)
{
/* Return SET if ADC_FLAG is set */
return SET;
}
else
{
/* Return RESET if ADC_FLAG is reset */
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the ADC’s pending flags.
* Input : - ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. This parameter can
* be any combination of the following values:
* - ADC_FLAG_ECH: End of chain conversion flag
* - ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of channel conversion flag
* - ADC_FLAG_JECH: Injected end of chain conversion flag
* - ADC_FLAG_JEOC: Injected end of channel conversion flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog0_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 LowThreshold flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog0_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 HighThreshold flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog1_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 LowThreshold flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog1_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 HighThreshold flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog2_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 LowThreshold flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog2_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 HighThreshold flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog3_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 3 LowThreshold flag
* - ADC_FLAG_AnalogWatchdog3_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 3 HighThreshold flag
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_ClearFlag(u16 ADC_FLAG)
{
/* Clear the selected ADC flag */
ADC->PBR = ADC_FLAG;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_GetITStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occured or not.
* Input : - ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. This
* parameter can be one of the following values:
* - ADC_IT_ECH :End of chain conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_EOC :End of channel conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_JECH :End of injected chain conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_JEOC :End of injected channel conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog0_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog0_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog1_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog1_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog2_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog2_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog3_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 3 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog3_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 3 HighThreshold interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of the ADC_IT (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(u16 ADC_IT)
{
/* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */
if((ADC->PBR & ADC_IT) != RESET)
{
/* Return SET if the ADC interrupt flag is set */
return SET;
}
else
{
/* Return RESET if the ADC interrupt flag is reset */
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_ClearITPendingBit
* Description : Clears the ADC’s interrupt pending bits.
* Input : - ADC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. This
* parameter can be can be any combination of the following
* values:
* - ADC_IT_ECH: End of chain conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_EOC: End of channel conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_JECH: Injected end of chain conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_JEOC: Injected end of channel conversion interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog0_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog0_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 0 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog1_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog1_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 1 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog2_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog2_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 2 HighThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog3_LowThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 3 LowThreshold interrupt
* - ADC_IT_AnalogWatchdog3_HighThreshold:
* Analog Watchdog 5 HighThreshold interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(u16 ADC_IT)
{
/* Clear the selected ADC interrupts pending bits */
ADC->PBR = ADC_IT;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

765
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_can.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_can.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the CAN software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_can.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Macro Name : xxx_ID_MSK, xxx_ID_ARB */
/* Description : Form the Mask and Arbitration registers value to filter */
/* a range of identifiers or a fixed identifier, for standard*/
/* and extended IDs */
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define RANGE_ID_MSK(range_start, range_end) (~((range_end) - (range_start)))
#define RANGE_ID_ARB(range_start, range_end) ((range_start) & (range_end))
#define FIXED_ID_MSK(id) RANGE_ID_MSK((id), (id))
#define FIXED_ID_ARB(id) RANGE_ID_ARB((id), (id))
#define STD_RANGE_ID_MSK(range_start, range_end) ((u16)((RANGE_ID_MSK((range_start), (range_end)) & 0x7FF) << 2))
#define STD_RANGE_ID_ARB(range_start, range_end) ((u16)(RANGE_ID_ARB((range_start), (range_end)) << 2))
#define STD_FIXED_ID_MSK(id) ((u16)((FIXED_ID_MSK(id) & 0x7FF) << 2))
#define STD_FIXED_ID_ARB(id) ((u16)(FIXED_ID_ARB(id) << 2))
#define EXT_RANGE_ID_MSK_L(range_start, range_end) ((u16)(RANGE_ID_MSK((range_start), (range_end)) >> 11))
#define EXT_RANGE_ID_MSK_H(range_start, range_end) ((u16)(STD_RANGE_ID_MSK((range_start), (range_end)) | ((RANGE_ID_MSK((range_start), (range_end)) >> 27) & 0x03)))
#define EXT_RANGE_ID_ARB_L(range_start, range_end) ((u16)(RANGE_ID_ARB((range_start), (range_end)) >> 11))
#define EXT_RANGE_ID_ARB_H(range_start, range_end) ((u16)(STD_RANGE_ID_ARB((range_start), (range_end)) | ((RANGE_ID_ARB((range_start), (range_end)) >> 27) & 0x03)))
#define EXT_FIXED_ID_MSK_L(id) ((u16)(FIXED_ID_MSK(id) >> 11))
#define EXT_FIXED_ID_MSK_H(id) ((u16)(STD_FIXED_ID_MSK(id) | ((FIXED_ID_MSK(id) >> 27) & 0x03)))
#define EXT_FIXED_ID_ARB_L(id) ((u16)(FIXED_ID_ARB(id) >> 11))
#define EXT_FIXED_ID_ARB_H(id) ((u16)(STD_FIXED_ID_ARB(id) | ((FIXED_ID_ARB(id) >> 27) & 0x03)))
/* macro to format the timing register value from the timing parameters*/
#define CAN_TIMING(tseg1, tseg2, sjw, brp) ((((tseg2-1) & 0x07) << 12) | (((tseg1-1) & 0x0F) << 8) | (((sjw-1) & 0x03) << 6) | ((brp-1) & 0x3F))
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* array of pre-defined timing parameters for standard bitrates*/
u16 CanTimings[] = { /* value bitrate NTQ TSEG1 TSEG2 SJW BRP */
CAN_TIMING(11, 4, 4, 5), /* 0x3AC4 100 kbit/s 16 11 4 4 5 */
CAN_TIMING(11, 4, 4, 4), /* 0x3AC3 125 kbit/s 16 11 4 4 4 */
CAN_TIMING( 4, 3, 3, 4), /* 0x2383 250 kbit/s 8 4 3 3 4 */
CAN_TIMING(13, 2, 1, 1), /* 0x1C00 500 kbit/s 16 13 2 1 1 */
CAN_TIMING( 4, 3, 1, 1), /* 0x2300 1 Mbit/s 8 4 3 1 1 */
};
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static u32 GetFreeIF(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_DeInit (void)
{
/* Reset the CAN registers values*/
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_CAN,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_CAN,DISABLE);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_Init
* Description : Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the CAN_InitStruct.
* Input : CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the CAN peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_Init(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct)
{
CAN_EnterInitMode(CAN_CR_CCE | CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ConfigParameters);
CAN_SetBitrate(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Bitrate);
CAN_LeaveInitMode();
CAN_LeaveTestMode();
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_StructInit
* Description : Fills each CAN_InitStruct member with its reset value.
* Input : CAN_InitStruct : pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure which
* will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset CAN init structure parameters values */
CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ConfigParameters = 0x0;
CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Bitrate = 0x2301;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_SetBitrate
* Description : Setups a standard CAN bitrate.
* Input : bitrate: specifies the bit rate.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_SetBitrate(u32 bitrate)
{
CAN->BTR = CanTimings[bitrate]; /* write the predefined timing value */
CAN->BRPR = 0; /* clear the Extended Baud Rate Prescaler */
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_SetTiming
* Description : Setups the CAN timing with specific parameters
* Input : - tseg1: specifies Time Segment before the sample point.
* This parameter must be a number between 1 and 16.
* - tseg2: Time Segment after the sample point. This parameter
* must be a number between 1 and 8.
* - sjw: Synchronisation Jump Width. This parameter must be
* a number between 1 and 4.
* - brp: Baud Rate Prescaler. This parameter must be a number
* between 1 and 1024.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_SetTiming(u32 tseg1, u32 tseg2, u32 sjw, u32 brp)
{
CAN->BTR = CAN_TIMING(tseg1, tseg2, sjw, brp);
CAN->BRPR = ((brp-1) >> 6) & 0x0F;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GetFreeIF
* Description : Searchs the first free message interface, starting from 0.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : A free message interface number (0 or 1) if found, else 2
*******************************************************************************/
static u32 GetFreeIF(void)
{
if ((CAN->sMsgObj[0].CRR & CAN_CRR_BUSY) == 0)
return 0;
else if ((CAN->sMsgObj[1].CRR & CAN_CRR_BUSY) == 0)
return 1;
else
return 2;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_SetUnusedMsgObj
* Description : Configures the message object as unused
* Input : msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Interface to treat the message
* - ERROR: No interface found to treat the message
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus CAN_SetUnusedMsgObj(u32 msgobj)
{
u32 msg_if=0;
if ((msg_if = GetFreeIF()) == 2)
{
return ERROR;
}
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].CMR = CAN_CMR_WRRD
| CAN_CMR_MASK
| CAN_CMR_ARB
| CAN_CMR_CONTROL
| CAN_CMR_DATAA
| CAN_CMR_DATAB;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].M1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].M2R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].A1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].A2R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].MCR = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DA1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DA2R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DB1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DB2R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].CRR = 1 + msgobj;
return SUCCESS;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_SetTxMsgObj
* Description : Configures the message object as TX.
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* - idType: specifies the identifier type of the frames that
* will be transmitted using this message object.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - CAN_STD_ID (standard ID, 11-bit)
* - CAN_EXT_ID (extended ID, 29-bit)
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Interface to treat the message
* - ERROR: No interface found to treat the message
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus CAN_SetTxMsgObj(u32 msgobj, u32 idType)
{
u32 msg_if=0;
if ((msg_if = GetFreeIF()) == 2)
{
return ERROR;
}
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].CMR = CAN_CMR_WRRD
| CAN_CMR_MASK
| CAN_CMR_ARB
| CAN_CMR_CONTROL
| CAN_CMR_DATAA
| CAN_CMR_DATAB;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].M1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].A1R = 0;
if (idType == CAN_STD_ID)
{
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].M2R = CAN_M2R_MDIR;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].A2R = CAN_A2R_MSGVAL | CAN_A2R_DIR;
}
else
{
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].M2R = CAN_M2R_MDIR | CAN_M2R_MXTD;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].A2R = CAN_A2R_MSGVAL | CAN_A2R_DIR | CAN_A2R_XTD;
}
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].MCR = CAN_MCR_TXIE | CAN_MCR_EOB;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DA1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DA2R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DB1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DB2R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].CRR = 1 + msgobj;
return SUCCESS;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_SetRxMsgObj
* Description : Configures the message object as RX.
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* - idType: specifies the identifier type of the frames that
* will be transmitted using this message object.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - CAN_STD_ID (standard ID, 11-bit)
* - CAN_EXT_ID (extended ID, 29-bit)
* - idLow: specifies the low part of the identifier range used
* for acceptance filtering.
* - idHigh: specifies the high part of the identifier range
* used for acceptance filtering.
* - singleOrFifoLast: specifies the end-of-buffer indicator.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TRUE: for a single receive object or a FIFO receive
* object that is the last one of the FIFO.
* - FALSE: for a FIFO receive object that is not the
* last one.
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Interface to treat the message
* - ERROR: No interface found to treat the message
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus CAN_SetRxMsgObj(u32 msgobj, u32 idType, u32 idLow, u32 idHigh, bool singleOrFifoLast)
{
u32 msg_if=0;
if ((msg_if = GetFreeIF()) == 2)
{
return ERROR;
}
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].CMR = CAN_CMR_WRRD
| CAN_CMR_MASK
| CAN_CMR_ARB
| CAN_CMR_CONTROL
| CAN_CMR_DATAA
| CAN_CMR_DATAB;
if (idType == CAN_STD_ID)
{
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].M1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].M2R = STD_RANGE_ID_MSK(idLow, idHigh);
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].A1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].A2R = CAN_A2R_MSGVAL | STD_RANGE_ID_ARB(idLow, idHigh);
}
else
{
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].M1R = EXT_RANGE_ID_MSK_L(idLow, idHigh);
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].M2R = CAN_M2R_MXTD | EXT_RANGE_ID_MSK_H(idLow, idHigh);
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].A1R = EXT_RANGE_ID_ARB_L(idLow, idHigh);
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].A2R = CAN_A2R_MSGVAL | CAN_A2R_XTD | EXT_RANGE_ID_ARB_H(idLow, idHigh);
}
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].MCR = CAN_MCR_RXIE | CAN_MCR_UMASK | (singleOrFifoLast ? CAN_MCR_EOB : 0);
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DA1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DA2R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DB1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].DB2R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].CRR = 1 + msgobj;
return SUCCESS;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_InvalidateAllMsgObj
* Description : Configures all the message objects as unused.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_InvalidateAllMsgObj(void)
{
u32 i=0;
for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
CAN_SetUnusedMsgObj(i);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_ReleaseMessage
* Description : Releases the message object
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Interface to treat the message
* - ERROR: No interface found to treat the message
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus CAN_ReleaseMessage(u32 msgobj)
{
u32 msg_if=0;
if ((msg_if = GetFreeIF()) == 2)
{
return ERROR;
}
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].CMR = CAN_CMR_CLRINTPND | CAN_CMR_TXRQSTNEWDAT;
CAN->sMsgObj[msg_if].CRR = 1 + msgobj;
return SUCCESS;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_SendMessage
* Description : Start transmission of a message
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* : - pCanMsg: pointer to the message structure containing data
* to transmit.
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Transmission OK
* - ERROR: No transmission
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus CAN_SendMessage(u32 msgobj, canmsg* pCanMsg)
{
if (CAN->sMsgObj[0].CRR & CAN_CRR_BUSY)
{
return ERROR;
}
CAN->SR &= ~CAN_SR_TXOK;
/* read the Arbitration and Message Control*/
CAN->sMsgObj[0].CMR = CAN_CMR_ARB | CAN_CMR_CONTROL;
CAN->sMsgObj[0].CRR = 1 + msgobj;
if (CAN->sMsgObj[0].CRR & CAN_CRR_BUSY)
{
return ERROR;
}
/* update the contents needed for transmission*/
CAN->sMsgObj[0].CMR = CAN_CMR_WRRD
| CAN_CMR_ARB
| CAN_CMR_CONTROL
| CAN_CMR_DATAA
| CAN_CMR_DATAB;
if ((CAN->sMsgObj[0].A2R & CAN_A2R_XTD) == 0)
{
/* standard ID*/
CAN->sMsgObj[0].A1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[0].A2R = (CAN->sMsgObj[0].A2R & 0xE000) | STD_FIXED_ID_ARB(pCanMsg->Id);
}
else
{
/* extended ID*/
CAN->sMsgObj[0].A1R = EXT_FIXED_ID_ARB_L(pCanMsg->Id);
CAN->sMsgObj[0].A2R = (CAN->sMsgObj[0].A2R & 0xE000) | EXT_FIXED_ID_ARB_H(pCanMsg->Id);
}
CAN->sMsgObj[0].MCR = (CAN->sMsgObj[0].MCR & 0xFEF0) | CAN_MCR_NEWDAT | CAN_MCR_TXRQST | pCanMsg->Dlc;
CAN->sMsgObj[0].DA1R = ((u16)pCanMsg->Data[1]<<8) | pCanMsg->Data[0];
CAN->sMsgObj[0].DA2R = ((u16)pCanMsg->Data[3]<<8) | pCanMsg->Data[2];
CAN->sMsgObj[0].DB1R = ((u16)pCanMsg->Data[5]<<8) | pCanMsg->Data[4];
CAN->sMsgObj[0].DB2R = ((u16)pCanMsg->Data[7]<<8) | pCanMsg->Data[6];
CAN->sMsgObj[0].CRR = 1 + msgobj;
return SUCCESS;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_ReceiveMessage
* Description : Gets the message, if received.
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* - release: specifies the message release indicator.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TRUE: the message object is released when getting
* the data.
* - FALSE: the message object is not released.
* - pCanMsg: pointer to the message structure where received
* data is copied.
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Reception OK
* - ERROR: No message pending
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus CAN_ReceiveMessage(u32 msgobj, bool release, canmsg* pCanMsg)
{
if (!CAN_IsMessageWaiting(msgobj))
{
return ERROR;
}
CAN->SR &= ~CAN_SR_RXOK;
/* read the message contents*/
CAN->sMsgObj[1].CMR = CAN_CMR_MASK
| CAN_CMR_ARB
| CAN_CMR_CONTROL
| CAN_CMR_CLRINTPND
| (release ? CAN_CMR_TXRQSTNEWDAT : 0)
| CAN_CMR_DATAA
| CAN_CMR_DATAB;
CAN->sMsgObj[1].CRR = 1 + msgobj;
if (CAN->sMsgObj[1].CRR & CAN_CRR_BUSY)
{
return ERROR;
}
if ((CAN->sMsgObj[1].A2R & CAN_A2R_XTD) == 0)
{
/* standard ID*/
pCanMsg->IdType = CAN_STD_ID;
pCanMsg->Id = (CAN->sMsgObj[1].A2R >> 2) & 0x07FF;
}
else
{
/* extended ID*/
pCanMsg->IdType = CAN_EXT_ID;
pCanMsg->Id = ((CAN->sMsgObj[1].A2R >> 2) & 0x07FF);
pCanMsg->Id |= ((u32)CAN->sMsgObj[1].A1R << 11);
pCanMsg->Id |= (((u32)CAN->sMsgObj[1].A2R & 0x0003) << 27);
}
pCanMsg->Dlc = CAN->sMsgObj[1].MCR & 0x0F;
pCanMsg->Data[0] = (u8) CAN->sMsgObj[1].DA1R;
pCanMsg->Data[1] = (u8)(CAN->sMsgObj[1].DA1R >> 8);
pCanMsg->Data[2] = (u8) CAN->sMsgObj[1].DA2R;
pCanMsg->Data[3] = (u8)(CAN->sMsgObj[1].DA2R >> 8);
pCanMsg->Data[4] = (u8) CAN->sMsgObj[1].DB1R;
pCanMsg->Data[5] = (u8)(CAN->sMsgObj[1].DB1R >> 8);
pCanMsg->Data[6] = (u8) CAN->sMsgObj[1].DB2R;
pCanMsg->Data[7] = (u8)(CAN->sMsgObj[1].DB2R >> 8);
return SUCCESS;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_WaitEndOfTx
* Description : Waits until current transmission is finished.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Transmission ended
* - ERROR: Transmission did not occur yet
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus CAN_WaitEndOfTx(void)
{
if ((CAN->SR & CAN_SR_TXOK) == 0)
{
return ERROR;
}
CAN->SR &= ~CAN_SR_TXOK;
return SUCCESS;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_BasicSendMessage
* Description : Starts transmission of a message in BASIC mode. This mode
* does not use the message RAM.
* Input : pCanMsg: Pointer to the message structure containing data to
* transmit.
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Transmission OK
* - ERROR: No transmission
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus CAN_BasicSendMessage(canmsg* pCanMsg)
{
/* clear NewDat bit in IF2 to detect next reception*/
CAN->sMsgObj[1].MCR &= ~CAN_MCR_NEWDAT;
CAN->SR &= ~CAN_SR_TXOK;
CAN->sMsgObj[0].CMR = CAN_CMR_WRRD
| CAN_CMR_ARB
| CAN_CMR_CONTROL
| CAN_CMR_DATAA
| CAN_CMR_DATAB;
if (pCanMsg->IdType == CAN_STD_ID)
{
/* standard ID*/
CAN->sMsgObj[0].A1R = 0;
CAN->sMsgObj[0].A2R = (CAN->sMsgObj[0].A2R & 0xE000) | STD_FIXED_ID_ARB(pCanMsg->Id);
}
else
{
/* extended ID*/
CAN->sMsgObj[0].A1R = EXT_FIXED_ID_ARB_L(pCanMsg->Id);
CAN->sMsgObj[0].A2R = ((CAN->sMsgObj[0].A2R) & 0xE000) | EXT_FIXED_ID_ARB_H(pCanMsg->Id);
}
CAN->sMsgObj[0].MCR = (CAN->sMsgObj[0].MCR & 0xFCF0) | pCanMsg->Dlc;
CAN->sMsgObj[0].DA1R = ((u16)pCanMsg->Data[1]<<8) | pCanMsg->Data[0];
CAN->sMsgObj[0].DA2R = ((u16)pCanMsg->Data[3]<<8) | pCanMsg->Data[2];
CAN->sMsgObj[0].DB1R = ((u16)pCanMsg->Data[5]<<8) | pCanMsg->Data[4];
CAN->sMsgObj[0].DB2R = ((u16)pCanMsg->Data[7]<<8) | pCanMsg->Data[6];
/* request transmission*/
if (CAN->sMsgObj[0].CRR == CAN_CRR_BUSY )
{
return ERROR;
}
return SUCCESS;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_BasicReceiveMessage
* Description : Gets the message in BASIC mode, if received. This mode does
* not use the message RAM.
* Input : pCanMsg: pointer to the message structure where message is copied.
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Reception OK
* - ERROR: No message pending
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus CAN_BasicReceiveMessage(canmsg* pCanMsg)
{
if ((CAN->sMsgObj[1].MCR & CAN_MCR_NEWDAT) == 0)
{
return ERROR;
}
CAN->SR &= ~CAN_SR_RXOK;
CAN->sMsgObj[1].CMR = CAN_CMR_ARB
| CAN_CMR_CONTROL
| CAN_CMR_DATAA
| CAN_CMR_DATAB;
if ((CAN->sMsgObj[1].A2R & CAN_A2R_XTD) == 0)
{
/* standard ID*/
pCanMsg->IdType = CAN_STD_ID;
pCanMsg->Id = (CAN->sMsgObj[1].A2R >> 2) & 0x07FF;
}
else
{
/* extended ID*/
pCanMsg->IdType = CAN_EXT_ID;
pCanMsg->Id = ((CAN->sMsgObj[1].A2R >> 2) & 0x07FF);
pCanMsg->Id |= ((u32)CAN->sMsgObj[1].A1R << 11);
pCanMsg->Id |= (((u32)CAN->sMsgObj[1].A2R & 0x0003) << 27);
}
pCanMsg->Dlc = CAN->sMsgObj[1].MCR & 0x0F;
pCanMsg->Data[0] = (u8) CAN->sMsgObj[1].DA1R;
pCanMsg->Data[1] = (u8)(CAN->sMsgObj[1].DA1R >> 8);
pCanMsg->Data[2] = (u8) CAN->sMsgObj[1].DA2R;
pCanMsg->Data[3] = (u8)(CAN->sMsgObj[1].DA2R >> 8);
pCanMsg->Data[4] = (u8) CAN->sMsgObj[1].DB1R;
pCanMsg->Data[5] = (u8)(CAN->sMsgObj[1].DB1R >> 8);
pCanMsg->Data[6] = (u8) CAN->sMsgObj[1].DB2R;
pCanMsg->Data[7] = (u8)(CAN->sMsgObj[1].DB2R >> 8);
return SUCCESS;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_EnterInitMode
* Description : Switchs the CAN into initialization mode. This function must
* be used in conjunction with CAN_LeaveInitMode().
* Input : InitMask: specifies the CAN configuration in normal mode.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_EnterInitMode(u8 InitMask)
{
CAN->CR = InitMask | CAN_CR_INIT;
CAN->SR = 0; /* reset the status*/
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_LeaveInitMode
* Description : Leaves the initialization mode (switch into normal mode).
* This function must be used in conjunction with CAN_EnterInitMode().
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_LeaveInitMode(void)
{
CAN->CR &= ~(CAN_CR_INIT | CAN_CR_CCE);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_EnterTestMode
* Description : Switchs the CAN into test mode. This function must be used in
* conjunction with CAN_LeaveTestMode().
* Input : TestMask: specifies the configuration in test modes.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_EnterTestMode(u8 TestMask)
{
CAN->CR |= CAN_CR_TEST;
CAN->TESTR |= TestMask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_LeaveTestMode
* Description : Leaves the current test mode (switch into normal mode).
* This function must be used in conjunction with CAN_EnterTestMode().
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_LeaveTestMode(void)
{
CAN->CR |= CAN_CR_TEST;
CAN->TESTR &= ~(CAN_TESTR_LBACK | CAN_TESTR_SILENT | CAN_TESTR_BASIC);
CAN->CR &= ~CAN_CR_TEST;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_ReleaseTxMessage
* Description : Releases the transmit message object.
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_ReleaseTxMessage(u32 msgobj)
{
CAN->sMsgObj[0].CMR = CAN_CMR_CLRINTPND | CAN_CMR_TXRQSTNEWDAT;
CAN->sMsgObj[0].CRR = 1 + msgobj;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_ReleaseRxMessage
* Description : Releases the receive message object.
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_ReleaseRxMessage(u32 msgobj)
{
CAN->sMsgObj[1].CMR = CAN_CMR_CLRINTPND | CAN_CMR_TXRQSTNEWDAT;
CAN->sMsgObj[1].CRR = 1 + msgobj;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_IsMessageWaiting
* Description : Tests the waiting status of a received message.
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* Output : None
* Return : A non-zero value if the corresponding message object has
* received a message waiting to be copied, else 0.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 CAN_IsMessageWaiting(u32 msgobj)
{
return (msgobj < 16 ? CAN->ND1R & (1 << msgobj) : CAN->ND2R & (1 << (msgobj-16)));
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_IsTransmitRequested
* Description : Tests the request status of a transmitted message.
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* Output : None
* Return : A non-zero value if the corresponding message is requested
* to transmit, else 0.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 CAN_IsTransmitRequested(u32 msgobj)
{
return (msgobj < 16 ? CAN->TXR1R & (1 << msgobj) : CAN->TXR2R & (1 << (msgobj-16)));
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_IsInterruptPending
* Description : Tests the interrupt status of a message object.
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* Output : None
* Return : A non-zero value if the corresponding message has an
* interrupt pending, else 0.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 CAN_IsInterruptPending(u32 msgobj)
{
return (msgobj < 16 ? CAN->IP1R & (1 << msgobj) : CAN->IP2R & (1 << (msgobj-16)));
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_IsObjectValid
* Description : Tests the validity of a message object (ready to use).
* Input : - msgobj: specifies the Message object number, from 0 to 31.
* Output : None
* Return : A non-zero value if the corresponding message object is
* valid, else 0.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 CAN_IsObjectValid(u32 msgobj)
{
return (msgobj < 16 ? CAN->MV1R & (1 << msgobj) : CAN->MV2R & (1 << (msgobj-16)));
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

122
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_cfg.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_cfg.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the CFG software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_cfg.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define CFG_SWBOOT_Mask 0xFFFFFFFC
#define CFG_FLASHBusy_Mask 0x00000080
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CFG_BootSpaceConfig
* Description : Selects which memory space will be remapped at address 0x00.
* Input : - CFG_BootSpace: specifies the memory space to be remapped
* at address 0x00.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - CFG_BootSpace_FLASH
* - CFG_BootSpace_SRAM
* - CFG_BootSpace_ExtSMI
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CFG_BootSpaceConfig(u32 CFG_BootSpace)
{
u32 Temp = 0;
/* Clear SW_BOOT[1:0] bits */
Temp = CFG->GLCONF & CFG_SWBOOT_Mask;
/* Set SW_BOOT[1:0] bits according to CFG_BootSpace parameter value */
Temp |= CFG_BootSpace;
/* Store the new value */
CFG->GLCONF = Temp;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CFG_FLASHBurstConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the FLASH Burst mode.
* Input : - CCFG_FLASHBurst: specifies the new state of the FLASH Burst
* mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - CFG_FLASHBurst_Disable
* - CFG_FLASHBurst_Enable
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CFG_FLASHBurstConfig(u32 CFG_FLASHBurst)
{
if(CFG_FLASHBurst == CFG_FLASHBurst_Enable)
{
CFG->GLCONF |= CFG_FLASHBurst_Enable;
}
else
{
CFG->GLCONF &= CFG_FLASHBurst_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CFG_USBFilterConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the USB Filter.
* Input : - CFG_USBFilter: specifies the new state of the USB Filter.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - CFG_USBFilter_Disable
* - CFG_USBFilter_Enable
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CFG_USBFilterConfig(u32 CFG_USBFilter)
{
if(CFG_USBFilter == CFG_USBFilter_Enable)
{
CFG->GLCONF |= CFG_USBFilter_Enable;
}
else
{
CFG->GLCONF &= CFG_USBFilter_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CFG_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the FLASH Busy flag is set or not.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of FLASH Busy flag (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus CFG_GetFlagStatus(void)
{
if((CFG->GLCONF & CFG_FLASHBusy_Mask) != RESET)
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

596
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_dma.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,596 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_dma.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the DMA software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_dma.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* DMA enable */
#define DMA_Enable 0x0001
#define DMA_Disable 0xFFFE
/* DMA Last Buffer Sweep */
#define DMA_Last0_Enable_Mask 0x0001
#define DMA_Last0_Disable_Mask 0xFFFE
#define DMA_Last1_Enable_Mask 0x0002
#define DMA_Last1_Disable_Mask 0xFFFD
#define DMA_Last2_Enable_Mask 0x0004
#define DMA_Last2_Disable_Mask 0xFFFB
#define DMA_Last3_Enable_Mask 0x0008
#define DMA_Last3_Disable_Mask 0xFFF7
/* DMA Masks */
#define DMA_Stream0_MASK_Mask 0xFFEE
#define DMA_Stream0_CLR_Mask 0x0011
#define DMA_Stream0_LAST_Mask 0xFFFE
#define DMA_Stream1_MASK_Mask 0xFFDD
#define DMA_Stream1_CLR_Mask 0x0022
#define DMA_Stream1_LAST_Mask 0xFFFD
#define DMA_Stream2_MASK_Mask 0xFFBB
#define DMA_Stream2_CLR_Mask 0x0044
#define DMA_Stream2_LAST_Mask 0xFFFB
#define DMA_Stream3_MASK_Mask 0xFF77
#define DMA_Stream3_CLR_Mask 0x0088
#define DMA_Stream3_LAST_Mask 0xFFF7
#define DMA_SRCSize_Mask 0xFFE7
#define DMA_SRCBurst_Mask 0xFF9F
#define DMA_DSTSize_Mask 0xFE7F
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the DMA streamx registers to their default reset
* values.
* Input : - DMA_Streamx: where x can be 0, 1, 2 or 3 to select the DMA
* Stream.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx)
{
/* Reset streamx source base address register */
DMA_Streamx->SOURCEL = 0;
DMA_Streamx->SOURCEH = 0;
/* Reset streamx destination base address register */
DMA_Streamx->DESTL = 0;
DMA_Streamx->DESTH = 0;
/* Reset streamx maximum count register */
DMA_Streamx->MAX = 0;
/* Reset streamx control register */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL = 0;
/* Reset streamx last used buffer location register */
DMA_Streamx->LUBUFF = 0;
switch(*(u32*)&DMA_Streamx)
{
case DMA_Stream0_BASE:
/* Reset interrupt mask, clear and flag bits for stream0 */
DMA->MASK &= DMA_Stream0_MASK_Mask;
DMA->CLR |= DMA_Stream0_CLR_Mask;
DMA->LAST &= DMA_Stream0_LAST_Mask;
break;
case DMA_Stream1_BASE:
/* Reset interrupt mask, clear and flag bits for stream1 */
DMA->MASK &= DMA_Stream1_MASK_Mask;
DMA->CLR |= DMA_Stream1_CLR_Mask;
DMA->LAST &= DMA_Stream1_LAST_Mask;
break;
case DMA_Stream2_BASE:
/* Reset interrupt mask, clear and flag bits for stream2 */
DMA->MASK &= DMA_Stream2_MASK_Mask;
DMA->CLR |= DMA_Stream2_CLR_Mask;
DMA->LAST &= DMA_Stream2_LAST_Mask;
break;
case DMA_Stream3_BASE:
/* Reset interrupt mask, clear and flag bits for stream3 */
DMA->MASK &= DMA_Stream3_MASK_Mask;
DMA->CLR |= DMA_Stream3_CLR_Mask;
DMA->LAST &= DMA_Stream3_LAST_Mask;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_Init
* Description : Initializes the DMAx stream according to the specified
* parameters in the DMA_InitStruct.
* Input : - DMA_Streamx: where x can be 0, 1, 2 or 3 to select the DMA
* Stream.
* - DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified
* DMA stream.
* Output : None
* Return : None
******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Init(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* set the buffer Size */
DMA_Streamx->MAX = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize ;
/* Configure the incrementation of the current source Register */
if(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_SRC == DMA_SRC_INCR)
{
/* Increment current source register */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL |= DMA_SRC_INCR;
}
else
{
/* Current source register unchanged */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL &= DMA_SRC_NOT_INCR;
}
/* Configure the incrementation of the current destination Register */
if(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DST == DMA_DST_INCR)
{
/* Increment current source register */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL |= DMA_DST_INCR;
}
else
{
/* Current source register unchanged */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL &= DMA_DST_NOT_INCR;
}
/* Clear source to DMA data width SOSIZE[1:0] bits */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL &= DMA_SRCSize_Mask;
/* Set the source to DMA data width */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_SRCSize;
/* Clear the DMA peripheral burst size SOBURST[1:0] bits */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL &= DMA_SRCBurst_Mask;
/* Set the DMA peripheral burst size */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_SRCBurst;
/* Clear destination to DMA dat width DESIZE[1:0] bits */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL &= DMA_DSTSize_Mask;
/* Set the destination to DMA data width */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DSTSize;
/* Configure the circular mode */
if(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode == DMA_Mode_Circular)
{
/* Set circular mode */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL |= DMA_Mode_Circular;
}
else
{
/* Set normal mode */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL &= DMA_Mode_Normal;
}
/* Configure the direction transfer */
if(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR == DMA_DIR_PeriphDST)
{
/* Set peripheral as destination */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL |= DMA_DIR_PeriphDST;
}
else
{
/* Set peripheral as source */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL &= DMA_DIR_PeriphSRC;
}
/* Configure the memory to memory transfer only for stream3 */
if(DMA_Streamx == DMA_Stream3)
{
if(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M == DMA_M2M_Enable)
{
/* Enable memory to memory transfer for stream3 */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL |= DMA_M2M_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable memory to memory transfer for stream3 */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL &= DMA_M2M_Disable;
}
}
/* Configure the source base address */
DMA_Streamx->SOURCEL = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_SRCBaseAddr;
DMA_Streamx->SOURCEH = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_SRCBaseAddr >> 16;
/* Configure the destination base address */
DMA_Streamx->DESTL = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DSTBaseAddr;
DMA_Streamx->DESTH = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DSTBaseAddr >> 16;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_StructInit
* Description : Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value.
* Input : DMA_InitStruct : pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure
* which will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0;
/* initialize the DMA_SRCBaseAddr member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_SRCBaseAddr = 0;
/* Initialize the DMA_DSTBaseAddr member */
DMA_InitStruct ->DMA_DSTBaseAddr = 0;
/* Initialize the DMA_SRC member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_SRC = DMA_SRC_NOT_INCR;
/* Initialize the DMA_DST member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DST = DMA_DST_NOT_INCR;
/* Initialize the DMA_SRCSize member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_SRCSize = DMA_SRCSize_Byte;
/* Initialize the DMA_SRCBurst member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_SRCBurst = DMA_SRCBurst_1Data;
/* Initialize the DMA_DSTSize member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DSTSize = DMA_DSTSize_Byte;
/* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal;
/* Initialize the DMA_M2M member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable;
/* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeriphSRC;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_Cmd
* Description : Enables or disables the specified DMA stream.
* Input : - DMA_Streamx: where x can be 0, 1, 2 or 3 to select the DMA
* Stream.
* - NewState: new state of the DMAx stream. This parameter can
* be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected DMA streamx */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL |= DMA_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected DMA streamx */
DMA_Streamx->CTRL &= DMA_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_ITConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the specified DMA interrupts.
* Input : - DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled
* or disabled. This parameter can be any combination of the
* following values:
* - DMA_IT_SI0: Stream0 transfer end interrupt mask
* - DMA_IT_SI1: Stream1 transfer end interrupt mask
* - DMA_IT_SI2: Stream2 transfer end interrupt mask
* - DMA_IT_SI3: Stream3 transfer end interrupt mask
* - DMA_IT_SE0: Stream0 transfer error interrupt mask
* - DMA_IT_SE1: Stream1 transfer error interrupt mask
* - DMA_IT_SE2: Stream2 transfer error interrupt mask
* - DMA_IT_SE3: Stream3 transfer error interrupt mask
* - DMA_IT_ALL: ALL DMA interrupts mask
* - NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_ITConfig(u16 DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected DMA interrupts */
DMA->MASK |= DMA_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected DMA interrupts */
DMA->MASK &= ~DMA_IT;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_GetCurrDSTAddr
* Description : Returns the current value of the destination address pointer
* related to the specified DMA stream.
* Input : - DMA_Streamx: where x can be 0, 1, 2 or 3 to select the DMA
* Stream.
* Output : None
* Return : The current value of the destination address pointer related
* to the specified DMA stream.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 DMA_GetCurrDSTAddr(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx)
{
u32 Tmp = 0;
/* Get high current destination address */
Tmp = (DMA_Streamx->DECURRH)<<16;
/* Get low current destination address */
Tmp |= DMA_Streamx->DECURRL;
/* Return the current destination address value for streamx */
return Tmp;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_GetCurrSRCAddr
* Description : Returns the current value of the source address pointer
* related to the specified DMA stream.
* Input : - DMA_Streamx: where x can be 0, 1, 2 or 3 to select the DMA
* Stream.
* Output : None
* Return : The current value of the source address pointer related to
* the specified DMA stream.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 DMA_GetCurrSRCAddr(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx)
{
u32 Tmp = 0;
/* Get high current source address */
Tmp = (DMA_Streamx->SOCURRH)<<16;
/* Get slow current source address */
Tmp |= DMA_Streamx->SOCURRL;
/* Return the current source address value for streamx */
return Tmp;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_GetTerminalCounter
* Description : Returns the number of data units remaining in the current
* DMA stream transfer.
* Input : - DMA_Streamx: where x can be 0, 1, 2 or 3 to select the DMA
* Stream.
* Output : None
* Return : The number of data units remaining in the current DMA stream
* transfer.
*******************************************************************************/
u16 DMA_GetTerminalCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx)
{
/* Return the terminal counter value for streamx */
return(DMA_Streamx->TCNT);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_LastBufferSweepConfig
* Description : Activates or disactivates the last buffer sweep mode for the
* DMA streamx configured in circular buffer mode.
* Input : - DMA_Streamx: where x can be 0, 1, 2 or 3 to select the DMA
* Stream.
* - NewState: new state of the Last buffer sweep DMA_Streamx.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_LastBufferSweepConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
switch(*(u32*)&DMA_Streamx)
{
case DMA_Stream0_BASE:
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Activates the last circular buffer sweep mode for stream0 */
DMA->LAST |= DMA_Last0_Enable_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Disactivates the last circular buffer sweep mode for stream0 */
DMA->LAST &= DMA_Last0_Disable_Mask;
}
break;
case DMA_Stream1_BASE:
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Activates the last circular buffer sweep mode for stream1 */
DMA->LAST |= DMA_Last1_Enable_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Disactivates the last circular buffer sweep mode for stream1 */
DMA->LAST &= DMA_Last1_Disable_Mask;
}
break;
case DMA_Stream2_BASE:
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Activates the last circular buffer sweep mode for stream2 */
DMA->LAST |= DMA_Last2_Enable_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Disactivates the last circular buffer sweep mode for stream2 */
DMA->LAST &= DMA_Last2_Disable_Mask;
}
break;
case DMA_Stream3_BASE:
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Activates the last circular buffer sweep mode for stream3 */
DMA->LAST |= DMA_Last3_Enable_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Disactivates the last circular buffer sweep mode for stream3 */
DMA->LAST &= DMA_Last3_Disable_Mask;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_LastBufferAddrConfig
* Description : Configures the circular buffer position where the last data
* to be used by the specified DMA stream is located.
* Input : - DMA_Streamx: where x can be 0, 1, 2 or 3 to select the DMA
* Stream.
* - DMA_LastBufferAddr: specifies the circular buffer position
* where the last data to be used by the specified DMA stream
* is located.
* This member must be a number between 0 and the stream BufferSize-1.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_LastBufferAddrConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMA_Streamx, u16 DMA_LastBufferAddr)
{
/* Set the streamx last data circular buffer location */
DMA_Streamx->LUBUFF = DMA_LastBufferAddr;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified DMA flag is set or not.
* Input : - DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. This parameter can
* be one of the following values:
* - DMA_FLAG_SI0: Stream0 transfer end flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SI1: Stream1 transfer end flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SI2: Stream2 transfer end flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SI3: Stream3 transfer end flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SE0: Stream0 transfer error flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SE1: Stream1 transfer error flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SE2: Stream2 transfer error flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SE3: Stream3 transfer error flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_ACT0: Stream0 status.
* - DMA_FLAG_ACT1: Stream1 status.
* - DMA_FLAG_ACT2: Stream2 status.
* - DMA_FLAG_ACT3: Stream3 status.
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of DMA_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(u16 DMA_FLAG)
{
/* Check the status of the specified DMA flag */
if((DMA->STATUS & DMA_FLAG) != RESET)
{
/* Return SET if DMA_FLAG is set */
return SET;
}
else
{
/* Return RESET if DMA_FLAG is reset */
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the DMA’s pending flags.
* Input : - DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. This parameter can
* be any combination of the following values:
* - DMA_FLAG_SI0: Stream0 transfer end flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SI1: Stream1 transfer end flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SI2: Stream2 transfer end flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SI3: Stream3 transfer end flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SE0: Stream0 transfer error flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SE1: Stream1 transfer error flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SE2: Stream2 transfer error flag.
* - DMA_FLAG_SE3: Stream3 transfer error flag.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_ClearFlag(u16 DMA_FLAG)
{
/* Clear the selected DMA flags */
DMA->CLR = DMA_FLAG ;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_GetITStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified DMA interrupt has occured or not.
* Input : - DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - DMA_IT_SI0: Stream0 transfer end interrupt
* - DMA_IT_SI1: Stream1 transfer end interrupt
* - DMA_IT_SI2: Stream2 transfer end interrupt
* - DMA_IT_SI3: Stream3 transfer end interrupt
* - DMA_IT_SE0: Stream0 transfer error interrupt
* - DMA_IT_SE1: Stream1 transfer error interrupt
* - DMA_IT_SE2: Stream2 transfer error interrupt
* - DMA_IT_SE3: Stream3 transfer error interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(u16 DMA_IT)
{
/* Check the status of the specified DMA interrupt */
if((DMA->STATUS & DMA_IT) != RESET)
{
/* Return SET if the DMA interrupt flag is set */
return SET;
}
else
{
/* Return RESET if the DMA interrupt flag is reset */
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_ClearITPendingBit
* Description : Clears the DMA’s interrupt pending bits.
* Input : - DMA_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - DMA_IT_SI0: Stream0 transfer end interrupt.
* - DMA_IT_SI1: Stream1 transfer end interrupt.
* - DMA_IT_SI2: Stream2 transfer end interrupt.
* - DMA_IT_SI3: Stream3 transfer end interrupt.
* - DMA_IT_SE0: Stream0 transfer error interrupt.
* - DMA_IT_SE1: Stream1 transfer error interrupt.
* - DMA_IT_SE2: Stream2 transfer error interrupt.
* - DMA_IT_SE3: Stream3 transfer error interrupt.
* - DMA_IT_ALL: All DMA interrupts.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(u16 DMA_IT)
{
/* Clear the selected DMA interrupts pending bits */
DMA->CLR = DMA_IT ;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

258
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_eic.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_eic.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the EIC software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_eic.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define EIC_IRQEnable_Mask 0x00000001
#define EIC_IRQDisable_Mask 0xFFFFFFFE
#define EIC_FIQEnable_Mask 0x00000002
#define EIC_FIQDisable_Mask 0xFFFFFFFD
#define EIC_SIPL_Mask 0x0000000F
#define EIC_SIPL_Reset_Mask 0xFFFFFFF0
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the EIC peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EIC_DeInit(void)
{
EIC->ICR = 0x00;
EIC->CIPR = 0x00;
EIC->FIR = 0x0C;
EIC->IER = 0x00;
EIC->IPR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_IRQInit
* Description : Configures the IRQ channels according to the specified
* parameters in the EIC_IRQInitStruct.
* Input : EIC_IRQInitStruct: pointer to a EIC_IRQInitTypeDef structure.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EIC_IRQInit(EIC_IRQInitTypeDef* EIC_IRQInitStruct)
{
u32 Tmp = 0;
if(EIC_IRQInitStruct->EIC_IRQChannelCmd == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected IRQ channel */
EIC->IER |= 1 << EIC_IRQInitStruct->EIC_IRQChannel;
/* Configure the selected IRQ channel priority ***************************/
/* Clear SIPL[3:0] bits */
EIC->SIRn[EIC_IRQInitStruct->EIC_IRQChannel] &= EIC_SIPL_Reset_Mask;
/* Configure SIPL[3:0] bits according to EIC_IRQChannelPriority parameter */
Tmp = EIC_IRQInitStruct->EIC_IRQChannelPriority & EIC_SIPL_Mask;
EIC->SIRn[EIC_IRQInitStruct->EIC_IRQChannel] |= Tmp;
}
else
{
/* Disable the select IRQ channel */
EIC->IER &=~ (1 << EIC_IRQInitStruct->EIC_IRQChannel);
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_FIQInit
* Description : Configures the FIQ channels according to the specified
* parameters in the EIC_FIQInitStruct.
* Input : EIC_FIQInitStruct: pointer to a EIC_FIQInitTypeDef structure.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EIC_FIQInit(EIC_FIQInitTypeDef* EIC_FIQInitStruct)
{
if(EIC_FIQInitStruct->EIC_FIQChannelCmd == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected FIQ channel */
EIC->FIER |= EIC_FIQInitStruct->EIC_FIQChannel ;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected FIQ channel */
EIC->FIER &= ~EIC_FIQInitStruct->EIC_FIQChannel;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_IRQStructInit
* Description : Fills each EIC_IRQInitStruct member with its default value.
* Input : EIC_IRQInitStruct: pointer to a EIC_IRQInitTypeDef structure
* which will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EIC_IRQStructInit(EIC_IRQInitTypeDef* EIC_IRQInitStruct)
{
EIC_IRQInitStruct->EIC_IRQChannel = 0x1F;
EIC_IRQInitStruct->EIC_IRQChannelPriority = 0;
EIC_IRQInitStruct->EIC_IRQChannelCmd = DISABLE;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_FIQStructInit
* Description : Fills each EIC_FIQInitStruct member with its default value.
* Input : EIC_FIQInitStruct: pointer to a EIC_FIQInitTypeDef structure
* which will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EIC_FIQStructInit(EIC_FIQInitTypeDef* EIC_FIQInitStruct)
{
EIC_FIQInitStruct->EIC_FIQChannel = 0x03;
EIC_FIQInitStruct->EIC_FIQChannelCmd = DISABLE;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_IRQCmd
* Description : Enables or disables EIC IRQ output request to CPU.
* Input : NewState: new state of the EIC IRQ output request to CPU.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EIC_IRQCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable EIC IRQ output request to CPU */
EIC->ICR |= EIC_IRQEnable_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Disable EIC IRQ output request to CPU */
EIC->ICR &= EIC_IRQDisable_Mask;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_FIQCmd
* Description : Enables or disables EIC FIQ output request to CPU.
* Input : NewState: new state of the EIC FIQ output request to CPU.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EIC_FIQCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable EIC FIQ output request to CPU */
EIC->ICR |= EIC_FIQEnable_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Disable EIC FIQ output request to CPU */
EIC->ICR &= EIC_FIQDisable_Mask;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_GetCurrentIRQChannel
* Description : Returns the current served IRQ channel identifier.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The current served IRQ channel.
*******************************************************************************/
u8 EIC_GetCurrentIRQChannel(void)
{
/* Read and return the CIC[4:0] bits of CICR register */
return ((u8) (EIC->CICR));
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_GetCurrentIRQChannelPriority
* Description : Returns the priority level of the current served IRQ channel.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The priority level of the current served IRQ channel.
*******************************************************************************/
u8 EIC_GetCurrentIRQChannelPriority(void)
{
/* Read and return the CIP[3:0] bits of CIPR register */
return ((u8) (EIC->CIPR));
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_CurrentIRQPriorityConfig
* Description : Changes the priority of the current served IRQ channel.
* The new priority value must be higher, or equal, than the
* priority value associated to the interrupt channel currently
* serviced.
* Input : NewPriority: new priority value of the IRQ interrupt routine
* currently serviced.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EIC_CurrentIRQPriorityConfig(u8 NewPriority)
{
/* Disable EIC IRQ output request to CPU */
EIC->ICR &= EIC_IRQDisable_Mask;
/* Change the current priority */
EIC->CIPR = NewPriority;
/* Enable EIC IRQ output request to CPU */
EIC->ICR |= EIC_IRQEnable_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_GetCurrentFIQChannel
* Description : Returns the current served FIQ channel identifier.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The current served FIQ channel.
*******************************************************************************/
u8 EIC_GetCurrentFIQChannel(void)
{
/* Read and return the FIP[1:0] bits of FIPR register */
return ((u8) (EIC->FIPR));
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EIC_ClearFIQPendingBit
* Description : Clears the pending bit of the selected FIQ Channel.
* Input : EIC_FIQChannel: specifies the FIQ channel to clear its
* pending bit.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EIC_ClearFIQPendingBit(u8 EIC_FIQChannel)
{
/* Clear the correspondent FIQ pending bit */
EIC->FIPR = EIC_FIQChannel ;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

179
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_extit.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_extit.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the EXTIT software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_extit.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EXTIT_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the EXTIT peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EXTIT_DeInit(void)
{
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_EXTIT,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_EXTIT,DISABLE);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EXTIT_Init
* Description : Initializes the EXTIT peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the EXTIT_InitStruct .
* Input : - EXTIT_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTIT_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the EXTIT
* peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EXTIT_Init(EXTIT_InitTypeDef* EXTIT_InitStruct)
{
if(EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITLineCmd == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected external interrupts */
EXTIT->MR |= EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITLine;
/* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */
if(EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITTrigger == EXTIT_ITTrigger_Falling)
{
/* Falling edge */
EXTIT->TSR &= ~EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITLine;
}
else if (EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITTrigger == EXTIT_ITTrigger_Rising)
{
/* Rising edge */
EXTIT->TSR |= EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITLine;
}
}
else if(EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITLineCmd == DISABLE)
{
/* Disable the selected external interrupts */
EXTIT->MR &= ~EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITLine;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EXTIT_StructInit
* Description : Fills each EXTIT_InitStruct member with its reset value.
* Input : - EXTIT_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTIT_InitTypeDef structure
* which will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EXTIT_StructInit(EXTIT_InitTypeDef* EXTIT_InitStruct)
{
EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITLine = EXTIT_ITLineNone;
EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITTrigger = EXTIT_ITTrigger_Falling;
EXTIT_InitStruct->EXTIT_ITLineCmd = DISABLE;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EXTIT_GenerateSWInterrupt
* Description : Generates a Software interrupt.
* Input : - EXTIT_ITLine: specifies the EXTIT lines to be enabled or
* disabled. This parameter can be:
* - EXTIT_ITLinex: External interrupt line x where x(0..15)
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EXTIT_GenerateSWInterrupt(u16 EXTIT_ITLine)
{
EXTIT->SWIR |= EXTIT_ITLine;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EXTIT_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified EXTIT line flag is set or not.
* Input : - EXTIT_ITLine: specifies the EXTIT lines flag to check.
* This parameter can be:
* - EXTIT_ITLinex: External interrupt line x where x(0..15)
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of EXTIT_ITLine (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus EXTIT_GetFlagStatus(u16 EXTIT_ITLine)
{
if((EXTIT->PR & EXTIT_ITLine) != RESET)
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EXTIT_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the EXTIT’s line pending flags.
* Input : - EXTIT_ITLine: specifies the EXTIT lines flags to clear.
* This parameter can be:
* - EXTIT_ITLinex: External interrupt line x where x(0..15)
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EXTIT_ClearFlag(u16 EXTIT_ITLine)
{
EXTIT->PR = EXTIT_ITLine;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EXTIT_GetITStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified EXTIT line is asserted or not.
* Input : - EXTIT_ITLine: specifies the EXTIT lines to check.
* This parameter can be:
* - EXTIT_ITLinex: External interrupt line x where x(0..15)
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of EXTIT_ITLine (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
ITStatus EXTIT_GetITStatus(u16 EXTIT_ITLine)
{
if(((EXTIT->PR & EXTIT_ITLine) != RESET)&& ((EXTIT->MR & EXTIT_ITLine) != RESET))
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EXTIT_ClearITPendingBit
* Description : Clears the EXTIT’s line pending bits.
* Input : - EXTIT_ITLine: specifies the EXTIT lines to clear.
* This parameter can be:
* - EXTIT_ITLinex: External interrupt line x where x(0..15)
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EXTIT_ClearITPendingBit(u16 EXTIT_ITLine)
{
EXTIT->PR = EXTIT_ITLine;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

320
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_gpio.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_gpio.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the GPIO software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_gpio.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define GPIO_Remap_Mask 0x1F /* GPIO remapping mask */
#define GPIO_Pin_Mask 0x000FFFFF /* GPIO1 and GPIO2 all pins mask */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* The I/O remapping register 0 and 1 are not reset by this function.
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the GPIO peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
/* Reset the GPIOx registers values */
GPIOx->PC0 = 0xFFFFFFFF;
GPIOx->PC1 = 0x0;
GPIOx->PC2 = 0x0;
GPIOx->PM = 0x0;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_Init
* Description : Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct. This function will not
* change the configuration for a pin if the corresponding mask
* bit is set, except pins configured as input pull-up or pull-down.
* These pins are automatically masked after each configuration.
* Input :- GPIOx: where x can be (0..2) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* - GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO
* peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
{
/* GPIOx Mode and Pins Set */
if((GPIOx != GPIO0) && (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin == GPIO_Pin_All))
{
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_Mask;
}
switch(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode)
{
case GPIO_Mode_AIN:
GPIOx->PC0 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC1 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC2 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
break;
case GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING:
GPIOx->PC0 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC1 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC2 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
break;
case GPIO_Mode_IPD:
GPIOx->PM &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC0 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC1 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC2 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PD &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PM |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
break;
case GPIO_Mode_IPU:
GPIOx->PM &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC0 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC1 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC2 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PD |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PM |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
break;
case GPIO_Mode_Out_OD:
GPIOx->PC0 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC1 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC2 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
break;
case GPIO_Mode_Out_PP:
GPIOx->PC0 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC1 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC2 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
break;
case GPIO_Mode_AF_OD:
GPIOx->PD |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC1 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC0 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC2 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
break;
case GPIO_Mode_AF_PP:
GPIOx->PC0 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC1 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC2 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
break;
default :
GPIOx->PC0 |= GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC1 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
GPIOx->PC2 &= ~GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin;
break;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_StructInit
* Description : Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value.
* Input : GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
* which will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All;
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_Read
* Description : Reads the specified GPIO data port.
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the GPIO peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : GPIO data port word value.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 GPIO_Read(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
return GPIOx->PD;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_ReadBit
* Description : Reads the specified data port bit.
* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (0..2) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* : - GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..31) for
* GPIO0 and x(0..19) for GPIO1 and GPIO2.
* Output : None
* Return : The port pin value
*******************************************************************************/
u8 GPIO_ReadBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u32 GPIO_Pin)
{
if ((GPIOx->PD & GPIO_Pin) != Bit_RESET)
{
return Bit_SET;
}
else
{
return Bit_RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_Write
* Description : Writes data to the specified GPIO data port.
* Input :- GPIOx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the GPIO peripheral.
* - PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the data port
* register.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u32 PortVal)
{
GPIOx->PD = PortVal;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_WriteBit
* Description : Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
* Input : - GPIOx: where x can be (0..2) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* - GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..31) for
* GPIO0 and x(0..19) for GPIO1 and GPIO2.
* - BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter must be one of the BitAction enum values:
* - Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin
* - Bit_SET: to set the port pin
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u32 GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal)
{
if(BitVal != Bit_RESET)
{
GPIOx->PD |= GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->PD &= ~GPIO_Pin;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_PinMaskConfig
* Description : Enables or disables write protection to the selected bits in
* the I/O port registers (PxC2, PxC1, PxC0 and PxD).
* Input :- GPIOx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the GPIO peripheral.
* - GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be protected.
* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..31) for
* GPIO0 and x(0..19) for GPIO1 and GPIO2.
* - NewState: new state of the port pin.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void GPIO_PinMaskConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, u32 GPIO_Pin, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
GPIOx->PM |= GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->PM &= ~GPIO_Pin;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_GetPortMask
* Description : Gets the GPIOx port mask value.
* Input : GPIOx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the GPIO peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : GPIO port mask value.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 GPIO_GetPortMask(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
return GPIOx->PM;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : GPIO_PinRemapConfig
* Description : Changes the mapping of the specified pin.
* Input :- GPIO_Remap: selects the pin to remap.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - GPIO_Remap_SMI_CS3_EN: Enable SMI CS3
* - GPIO_Remap_SMI_CS2_EN: Enable SMI CS2
* - GPIO_Remap_SMI_CS1_EN: Enable SMI CS1
* - GPIO_Remap_SMI_EN: Enable SMI Alternate Functions:
* SMI_CS0, SMI_CK, SMI_DIN and SMI_DOUT
* - GPIO_Remap_DBGOFF: JTAG Disable
* - GPIO_Remap_UART1: UART1 Alternate Function mapping
* - GPIO_Remap_UART2: UART2 Alternate Function mapping
* - GPIO_Remap_SSP1: SSP1 Alternate Function mapping
* - GPIO_Remap_TIM2: TIM2 Alternate Function mapping
* - GPIO_Remap_TIM0: TIM0 Alternate Function mapping
* - NewState: new state of the port pin.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(u16 GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState)
{
u32 GPIOReg = 0;
u32 PinPos = 0;
/* Get the GPIO register index */
GPIOReg = GPIO_Remap >> 5;
/* Get the pin position */
PinPos = GPIO_Remap & GPIO_Remap_Mask;
if(GPIOReg == 1) /* The pin to remap is in REMAP0R register */
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
GPIOREMAP->REMAP0R |= (1 << PinPos);
}
else
{
GPIOREMAP->REMAP0R &= ~(1 << PinPos);
}
}
else if(GPIOReg == 2) /* The pin to remap is in REMAP1R register */
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
GPIOREMAP->REMAP1R |= (1 << PinPos);
}
else
{
GPIOREMAP->REMAP1R &= ~(1 << PinPos);
}
}
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

568
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_i2c.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_i2c.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the I2C software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_i2c.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* I2C IT enable */
#define I2C_IT_Enable 0x01
#define I2C_IT_Disable 0xFE
/* I2C Peripheral Enable/Disable */
#define I2C_PE_Set 0x20
#define I2C_PE_Reset 0xDF
/* I2C START Enable/Disable */
#define I2C_Start_Enable 0x08
#define I2C_Start_Disable 0xF7
/* I2C STOP Enable/Disable */
#define I2C_Stop_Enable 0x02
#define I2C_Stop_Disable 0xFD
/* Address direction bit */
#define I2C_ADD0_Set 0x01
#define I2C_ADD0_Reset 0xFE
/* I2C Masks */
#define I2C_Frequency_Mask 0x1F
#define I2C_AddressHigh_Mask 0xF9
#define I2C_OwnAddress_Mask 0x0300
#define I2C_StandardMode_Mask 0x7f
#define I2C_FastMode_Mask 0x80
#define I2C_Event_Mask 0x3FFF
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the I2C peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset the I2C registers values*/
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_I2C,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_I2C,DISABLE);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_Init
* Description : Initializes the I2C peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the I2C_Initstruct.
* Input : - I2C_InitStruct: pointer to a I2C_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified I2C
* peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_Init(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
{
u8 ITEState = 0;
u16 Result = 0x0F;
u32 APBClock = 8000000;
MRCC_ClocksTypeDef MRCC_ClocksStatus;
/* Get APBClock frequency value */
MRCC_GetClocksStatus(&MRCC_ClocksStatus);
APBClock = MRCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK_Frequency;
/* Save ITE bit state */
ITEState = I2C->CR & 0xFE;
/* Disable I2C peripheral to set FR[2:0] bits */
I2C_Cmd(DISABLE);
/* Clear frequency FR[2:0] bits */
I2C->OAR2 &= I2C_Frequency_Mask;
/* Set frequency bits depending on APBClock value */
if (APBClock < 10000000)
I2C->OAR2 &= 0x1F;
else if (APBClock < 16670000)
I2C->OAR2 |= 0x20;
else if (APBClock < 26670000)
I2C->OAR2 |= 0x40;
else if (APBClock < 40000000)
I2C->OAR2 |= 0x60;
else if (APBClock < 53330000)
I2C->OAR2 |= 0x80;
else if (APBClock < 66000000)
I2C->OAR2 |= 0xA0;
else if (APBClock < 80000000)
I2C->OAR2 |= 0xC0;
else if (APBClock < 100000000)
I2C->OAR2 |= 0xE0;
I2C_Cmd(ENABLE);
/* Restore the ITE bit state */
I2C->CR |= ITEState;
/* Configure general call */
if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_GeneralCall == I2C_GeneralCall_Enable)
{
/* Enable general call */
I2C->CR |= I2C_GeneralCall_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable general call */
I2C->CR &= I2C_GeneralCall_Disable;
}
/* Configure acknowledgement */
if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack == I2C_Ack_Enable)
{
/* Enable acknowledgement */
I2C->CR |= I2C_Ack_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable acknowledgement */
I2C->CR &= I2C_Ack_Disable;
}
/* Configure LSB own address */
I2C->OAR1 = I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress;
/* Clear MSB own address ADD[9:8] bits */
I2C->OAR2 &= I2C_AddressHigh_Mask;
/* Set MSB own address value */
I2C->OAR2 |= (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress & I2C_OwnAddress_Mask)>>7;
/* Configure speed in standard mode */
if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_CLKSpeed <= 100000)
{
/* Standard mode speed calculate */
Result = ((APBClock/I2C_InitStruct->I2C_CLKSpeed)-7)/2;
/* Set speed value and clear FM/SM bit for standard mode in LSB clock divider */
I2C->CCR = Result & I2C_StandardMode_Mask;
}
/* Configure speed in fast mode */
else if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_CLKSpeed <= 400000)
{
/* Fast mode speed calculate */
Result = ((APBClock/I2C_InitStruct->I2C_CLKSpeed)-9)/3;
/* Set speed value and set FM/SM bit for fast mode in LSB clock divider */
I2C->CCR = Result | I2C_FastMode_Mask;
}
/* Set speed in MSB clock divider */
I2C->ECCR = Result >>7;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_StructInit
* Description : Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value.
* Input : - I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure
which will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
{
/* Initialize the I2C_CLKSpeed member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_CLKSpeed = 5000;
/* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress = 0x0;
/* Initialize the I2C_GeneralCall member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_GeneralCall = I2C_GeneralCall_Disable;
/* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_Cmd
* Description : Enables or disables the I2C peripheral.
* Input : - NewState: new state of the I2C peripheral. This parameter
* can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the I2C peripheral by setting twice the PE bit on the CR register */
I2C->CR |= I2C_PE_Set;
I2C->CR |= I2C_PE_Set;
}
else
{
/* Disable the I2C peripheral */
I2C->CR &= I2C_PE_Reset;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_GenerateSTART
* Description : Generates I2C communication START condition.
* Input : - NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_GenerateSTART(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Generate a START condition */
I2C->CR |= I2C_Start_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable the START condition generation */
I2C->CR &= I2C_Start_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_GenerateSTOP
* Description : Generates I2C communication STOP condition.
* Input : - NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_GenerateSTOP(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Generate a SIOP condition */
I2C->CR |= I2C_Stop_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable the STOP condition generation */
I2C->CR &= I2C_Stop_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_AcknowledgeConfig
* Description : Enables or disables I2C acknowledge feature.
* Input : - NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the acknowledgement */
I2C->CR |= I2C_Ack_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable the acknowledgement */
I2C->CR &= I2C_Ack_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_ITConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the I2C interrupt.
* Input : - NewState: new state of the I2C interrupt.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the I2C interrupt */
I2C->CR |= I2C_IT_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable the I2C interrupt */
I2C->CR &= I2C_IT_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_GetLastEvent
* Description : Gets the last I2C event that has occurred.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The Last happened Event.
*******************************************************************************/
u16 I2C_GetLastEvent(void)
{
u16 Flag1 = 0, Flag2 = 0, LastEvent = 0;
Flag1 = I2C->SR1;
Flag2 = I2C->SR2;
Flag2 = Flag2<<8;
/* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
LastEvent = (((Flag1 | (Flag2)) & I2C_Event_Mask));
/* Return the last event */
return LastEvent;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_CheckEvent
* Description : Checks whether the Last I2C Event is equal to the one passed
* as parameter.
* Input : - I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked. This parameter
* can be one of the following values:
* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ADDRESS_MATCHED
* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED
* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED
* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE
* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT
* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECTED
* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED
* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED
* - I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10
* - I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED
* Output : None
* Return : An ErrorStatus enumuration value:
* - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_Event
* - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_Event
*******************************************************************************/
ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(u16 I2C_EVENT)
{
u16 LastEvent = I2C_GetLastEvent();
/* Check whether the last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */
if (LastEvent == I2C_EVENT)
{
/* Return SUCCESS when last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */
return SUCCESS;
}
else
{
/* Return ERROR when last event is different from I2C_EVENT */
return ERROR;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_SendData
* Description : Sends a data byte.
* Input : - Data: indicates the byte to be transmitted.
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_SendData(u8 Data)
{
/* Write in the DR register the byte to be sent */
I2C->DR = Data;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_ReceiveData
* Description : Reads the received byte.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The received byte
*******************************************************************************/
u8 I2C_ReceiveData(void)
{
/* Return from the DR register the received byte */
return I2C->DR;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_Send7bitAddress
* Description : Transmits the address byte to select the slave device.
* Input : - Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted
* - Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a
* Transmitter or a Receiver. This parameter can be one of the
* following values
* - I2C_MODE_TRANSMITTER: Transmitter mode
* - I2C_MODE_RECEIVER: Receiver mode
* Output : None
* Return : None.
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_Send7bitAddress(u8 Address, u8 Direction)
{
/* Test on the direction to define the read/write bit */
if (Direction == I2C_MODE_RECEIVER)
{
/* Set the address bit0 for read */
Address |= I2C_ADD0_Set;
}
else
{
/* Reset the address bit0 for write */
Address &= I2C_ADD0_Reset;
}
/* Send the address */
I2C->DR = Address;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_ReadRegister
* Description : Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value.
* Input1 : - I2C_Register: specifies the register to read.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - I2C_CR: CR register.
* - I2C_SR1: SR1 register.
* - I2C_SR2: SR2 register.
* - I2C_CCR: CCR register.
* - I2C_OAR1: OAR1 register.
* - I2C_OAR2: OAR2 register.
* - I2C_DR: DR register.
* - I2C_ECCR: ECCR register.
* Output : None
* Return : The value of the read register.
*******************************************************************************/
u8 I2C_ReadRegister(u8 I2C_Register)
{
/* Return the selected register value */
return (*(u8 *)(I2C_BASE + I2C_Register));
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not.
* Input : - I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode)
* - I2C_FLAG_M_SL: Master/Slave flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ADSL: Address matched flag (Slave mode)
* - I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
* - I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag
* - I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit addressing in Master mode flag
* - I2C_FLAG_EVF: Event flag
* - I2C_FLAG_GCAL: General call flag (slave mode)
* - I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag
* - I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (slave mode)
* - I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ENDAD: End of address transmission flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ACK: Acknowledge enable flag
* Output : None
* Return : The NewState of the I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(u16 I2C_FLAG)
{
u16 Flag1 = 0, Flag2 = 0, Flag3 = 0, Tmp = 0;
Flag1 = I2C->SR1;
Flag2 = I2C->SR2;
Flag2 = Flag2<<8;
Flag3 = I2C->CR & 0x04;
/* Get all the I2C flags in a unique register*/
Tmp = (((Flag1 | (Flag2)) & I2C_Event_Mask) | (Flag3<<12));
/* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */
if((Tmp & I2C_FLAG) != RESET)
{
/* Return SET if I2C_FLAG is set */
return SET;
}
else
{
/* Return RESET if I2C_FLAG is reset */
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the I2C’s pending flags
* Input : - I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag
* - I2C_FLAG_M_SL: Master/Slave flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ADSL: Adress matched flag
* - I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
* - I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag
* - I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit addressing in Master mode flag
* - I2C_FLAG_EVF: Event flag
* - I2C_FLAG_GCAL: General call flag
* - I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag
* - I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag
* - I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ENDAD: End of address transmission flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ACK: Acknowledge enable flag
* - parameter needed in the case that the flag to be cleared
* need a write in one register
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_ClearFlag(u16 I2C_FLAG, ...)
{
u8 Tmp = (u8)*((u32 *) & I2C_FLAG + sizeof(I2C_FLAG));
/* flags that need a read of the SR2 register to be cleared */
if ((I2C_FLAG == I2C_FLAG_ADD10) || (I2C_FLAG == I2C_FLAG_EVF) ||
(I2C_FLAG == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || (I2C_FLAG == I2C_FLAG_AF) ||
(I2C_FLAG == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || (I2C_FLAG == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) ||
(I2C_FLAG == I2C_FLAG_ENDAD))
{
/* Read the SR2 register */
(void)I2C->SR2;
/* Two flags need a second step to be cleared */
switch (I2C_FLAG)
{
case I2C_FLAG_ADD10:
/* Send the MSB 10bit address passed as second parameter */
I2C->DR = Tmp;
break;
case I2C_FLAG_ENDAD:
/* Write to the I2C_CR register by setting PE bit */
I2C->CR |= I2C_PE_Set;
break;
}
}
/* flags that need a read of the SR1 register to be cleared */
else if (I2C_FLAG==I2C_FLAG_SB || I2C_FLAG==I2C_FLAG_ADSL || I2C_FLAG==I2C_FLAG_BTF || I2C_FLAG==I2C_FLAG_TRA)
{
/* Read the SR1 register */
(void)I2C->SR1;
/* three flags need a second step to be cleared */
if (I2C_FLAG == I2C_FLAG_SB)
{
/* Send the address byte passed as second parameter */
I2C->DR=Tmp;
}
else if (I2C_FLAG==I2C_FLAG_BTF || I2C_FLAG==I2C_FLAG_TRA)
{
/* return the received byte in the variable passed as second parameter */
Tmp=I2C->DR;
}
}
/* flags that need to disable the I2C interface */
else if ( I2C_FLAG==I2C_FLAG_M_SL || I2C_FLAG==I2C_FLAG_GCAL)
{
I2C_Cmd(DISABLE);
I2C_Cmd(ENABLE);
}
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

448
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_it.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_it.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : Main Interrupt Service Routines.
* This file can be used to describe all the exceptions
* subroutines that may occur within user application.
* When an interrupt happens, the software will branch
* automatically to the corresponding routine according
* to the interrupt vector loaded in the PC register.
* The following routines are all empty, user can write code
* for exceptions handlers and peripherals IRQ interrupts.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : Undefined_Handler
* Description : This function handles Undefined instruction exception.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void Undefined_Handler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : FIQ_Handler
* Description : This function handles FIQ exception.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void FIQ_Handler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SWI_Handler
* Description : This function handles SW exception.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SWI_Handler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : Prefetch_Handler
* Description : This function handles preftetch abort exception.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void Prefetch_Handler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : Abort_Handler
* Description : This function handles data abort exception.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void Abort_Handler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WAKUP_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles External line 15(WAKUP) interrupt
* request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void WAKUP_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM2_OC2_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM2 Output Compare 2 interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM2_OC2_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM2_OC1_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM2 Output Compare 1 interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM2_OC1_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM2_IC12_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM2 Input Capture 1 & 2 interrupt
* request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM2_IC12_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM2_UP_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM2 Update interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM2_UP_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM1_OC2_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM1 Output Compare 2 interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM1_OC2_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM1_OC1_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM1 Output Compare 1 interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM1_OC1_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM1_IC12_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM1 Input Capture 1 & 2 interrupt
* request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM1_IC12_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM1_UP_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM1 Update interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM1_UP_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM0_OC2_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM0 Output Compare 2 interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM0_OC2_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM0_OC1_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM0 Output Compare 1 interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM0_OC1_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM0_IC12_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM0 Input Capture 1 & 2 interrupt
* request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM0_IC12_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TIM0_UP_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TIM0 Update interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TIM0_UP_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : PWM_OC123_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles PWM Output Compare 1,2&3 interrupt
* request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void PWM_OC123_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : PWM_EM_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles PWM Emergency interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void PWM_EM_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : PWM_UP_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles PWM Update interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void PWM_UP_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : I2C_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles I2C global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void I2C_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP1_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles SSP1 interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP1_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP0_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles SSP0 interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP0_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART2_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles UART2 global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART2_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART1_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles UART1 global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART1_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART0_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles UART0 global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART0_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : CAN_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles CAN global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void CAN_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : USBLP_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles USB Low Priority event interrupt
* request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void USB_LP_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : USBHP_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles USB High Priority event interrupt
* request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void USB_HP_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : ADC_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles ADC global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void ADC_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : DMA_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles DMA global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void DMA_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : EXTIT_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles External lines 14 to 1 interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void EXTIT_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : MRCC_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles MRCC interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void MRCC_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : FLASHSMI_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles Flash and SMI global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void FLASHSMI_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles RTC global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_IRQHandler
* Description : This function handles TB global interrupt request.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_IRQHandler(void)
{
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

178
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_lib.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_lib.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all peripherals pointers initialization.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
#define EXT
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_lib.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef DEBUG
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : debug
* Description : This function initialize peripherals pointers.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void debug(void)
{
/************************************* SMI ************************************/
#ifdef _SMI
SMI = (SMI_TypeDef *) SMIR_BASE;
#endif /*_SMI */
/************************************* CFG ************************************/
#ifdef _CFG
CFG = (CFG_TypeDef *) CFG_BASE;
#endif /*_CFG */
/************************************* MRCC ***********************************/
#ifdef _MRCC
MRCC = (MRCC_TypeDef *) MRCC_BASE;
#endif /*_MRCC */
/************************************* ADC ************************************/
#ifdef _ADC
ADC = (ADC_TypeDef *) ADC_BASE;
#endif /*_ADC */
/************************************* TB *************************************/
#ifdef _TB
TB = (TB_TypeDef *) TB_BASE;
#endif /*_TB */
/************************************* TIM ************************************/
#ifdef _TIM0
TIM0 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM0_BASE;
#endif /*_TIM0 */
#ifdef _TIM1
TIM1 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM1_BASE;
#endif /*_TIM1 */
#ifdef _TIM2
TIM2 = (TIM_TypeDef *) TIM2_BASE;
#endif /*_TIM2 */
/************************************* PWM ************************************/
#ifdef _PWM
PWM = (PWM_TypeDef *) PWM_BASE;
#endif /*_PWM */
/************************************* WDG ************************************/
#ifdef _WDG
WDG = (WDG_TypeDef *) WDG_BASE;
#endif /*_WDG */
/************************************* SSP ************************************/
#ifdef _SSP0
SSP0 = (SSP_TypeDef *) SSP0_BASE;
#endif /*_SSP0 */
#ifdef _SSP1
SSP1 = (SSP_TypeDef *) SSP1_BASE;
#endif /*_SSP1 */
/************************************* CAN ************************************/
#ifdef _CAN
CAN = (CAN_TypeDef *) CAN_BASE;
#endif /*_CAN */
/************************************* I2C ************************************/
#ifdef _I2C
I2C = (I2C_TypeDef *) I2C_BASE;
#endif /*_I2C */
/************************************* UART ***********************************/
#ifdef _UART0
UART0 = (UART_TypeDef *) UART0_BASE;
#endif /*_UART0 */
#ifdef _UART1
UART1 = (UART_TypeDef *) UART1_BASE;
#endif /*_UART1 */
#ifdef _UART2
UART2 = (UART_TypeDef *) UART2_BASE;
#endif /*_UART2 */
/************************************* GPIO ***********************************/
#ifdef _GPIO0
GPIO0 = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIO0_BASE;
#endif /*_GPIO0 */
#ifdef _GPIO1
GPIO1 = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIO1_BASE;
#endif /*_GPIO1 */
#ifdef _GPIO2
GPIO2 = (GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIO2_BASE;
#endif /*_GPIO2 */
#ifdef _GPIOREMAP
GPIOREMAP = (GPIOREMAP_TypeDef *) GPIOREMAP_BASE;
#endif /*_GPIOREMAP */
/************************************* DMA ************************************/
#ifdef _DMA
DMA = (DMA_TypeDef *) DMA_BASE;
#endif /*_DMA */
#ifdef _DMA_Stream0
DMA_Stream0 = (DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA_Stream0_BASE;
#endif /*_DMA_Stream0 */
#ifdef _DMA_Stream1
DMA_Stream1 = (DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA_Stream1_BASE;
#endif /*_DMA_Stream1 */
#ifdef _DMA_Stream2
DMA_Stream2 = (DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA_Stream2_BASE;
#endif /*_DMA_Stream2 */
#ifdef _DMA_Stream3
DMA_Stream3 = (DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA_Stream3_BASE;
#endif /*_DMA_Stream3 */
/************************************* RTC ************************************/
#ifdef _RTC
RTC = (RTC_TypeDef *) RTC_BASE;
#endif /*_RTC */
/************************************* EXTIT **********************************/
#ifdef _EXTIT
EXTIT = (EXTIT_TypeDef *) EXTIT_BASE;
#endif /*_EXTIT */
/************************************* EIC ************************************/
#ifdef _EIC
EIC = (EIC_TypeDef *) EIC_BASE;
#endif /*_EIC */
}
#endif
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1673
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_mrcc.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1153
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_pwm.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

326
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_rtc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_rtc.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the RTC software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_rtc.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define RTC_CNF_Enable_Mask 0x0010 /* Configuration Flag Enable Mask */
#define RTC_CNF_Disable_Mask 0xFFEF /* Configuration Flag Disable Mask */
#define RTC_LSB_Mask 0x0000FFFF /* RTC LSB Mask */
#define RTC_MSB_Mask 0xFFFF0000 /* RTC MSB Mask */
#define RTC_Prescaler_MSB_Mask 0x000F0000 /* RTC Prescaler MSB Mask */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the RTC peripheral registers to their
* default reset values.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_DeInit(void)
{
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_RTC,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_RTC,DISABLE);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_ITConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts.
* Input : - RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to be enabled
* or disabled.
* This parameter can be a combination of one or more of the
* following values:
* - RTC_IT_Overflow: Overflow interrupt
* - RTC_IT_Alarm: Alarm interrupt
* - RTC_IT_Second: Second interrupt
* - NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_ITConfig(u16 RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
RTC->CRH |= RTC_IT;
}
else
{
RTC->CRH &= ~RTC_IT;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_EnterConfigMode
* Description : Enters the RTC configuration mode.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void)
{
/* Set the CNF flag to enter in the Configuration Mode */
RTC->CRL |= RTC_CNF_Enable_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_ExitConfigMode
* Description : Exits from the RTC configuration mode.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void)
{
/* Reset the CNF flag to exit from the Configuration Mode */
RTC->CRL &= RTC_CNF_Disable_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_GetCounter
* Description : Gets the RTC counter value.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : RTC counter value.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 RTC_GetCounter(void)
{
u16 Tmp = 0;
Tmp = RTC->CNTL;
return (((u32)RTC->CNTH << 16 ) |Tmp) ;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_SetCounter
* Description : Sets the RTC counter value.
* Input : RTC counter new value.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_SetCounter(u32 CounterValue)
{
RTC_EnterConfigMode();
/* COUNTER Config ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
RTC->CNTH =(CounterValue & RTC_MSB_Mask) >> 16;
/* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
RTC->CNTL =(CounterValue & RTC_LSB_Mask);
RTC_ExitConfigMode();
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_SetPrescaler
* Description : Sets the RTC prescaler value.
* Input : RTC prescaler new value.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_SetPrescaler(u32 PrescalerValue)
{
RTC_EnterConfigMode();
/* PRESCALER Config ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Set RTC PRESCALER MSB word */
RTC->PRLH = (PrescalerValue & RTC_Prescaler_MSB_Mask) >> 16;
/* Set RTC PRESCALER LSB word */
RTC->PRLL = (PrescalerValue & RTC_LSB_Mask);
RTC_ExitConfigMode();
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_GetPrescaler
* Description : Gets the RTC prescaler value.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : RTC prescaler value.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 RTC_GetPrescaler(void)
{
u16 Tmp = 0;
Tmp = RTC->PRLL;
return (((u32)(RTC->PRLH & 0x000F) << 16 ) | Tmp);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_SetAlarm
* Description : Sets the RTC alarm value.
* Input : RTC alarm new value.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_SetAlarm(u32 AlarmValue)
{
RTC_EnterConfigMode();
/* ALARM Config --------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Set the ALARM MSB word */
RTC->ALRH = (AlarmValue & RTC_MSB_Mask) >> 16;
/* Set the ALARM LSB word */
RTC->ALRL = (AlarmValue & RTC_LSB_Mask);
RTC_ExitConfigMode();
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_GetDivider
* Description : Gets the RTC divider value.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : RTC Divider value.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 RTC_GetDivider(void)
{
u16 Tmp = 0;
Tmp = RTC->DIVL ;
return (((u32)(RTC->DIVH & 0x000F) << 16 ) | Tmp);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_WaitForLastTask
* Description : Waits until last write operation on RTC registers has finished.
* This function must be called before any write to RTC registers.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void)
{
/* Loop until RTOFF flag is set */
while ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RTOFF) == RESET);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_WaitForSynchro
* Description : Waits until the RTC registers (RTC_CNT, RTC_ALR and RTC_PRL)
* are synchronized with RTC APB clock.
* This function must be called before any read operation after
* an APB reset or an APB clock stop.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void)
{
/* Clear RSF flag */
RTC->CRL &= ~RTC_FLAG_RSF;
/* Loop until RSF flag is set */
while((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RSF)== RESET);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not.
* Input : RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one the following values:
* - RTC_FLAG_RTOFF: RTC Operation OFF flag
* - RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag
* - RTC_FLAG_Overflow: Overflow interrupt flag
* - RTC_FLAG_Alarm: Alarm interrupt flag
* - RTC_FLAG_Second: Second interrupt flag
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(u16 RTC_FLAG)
{
if((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG) != RESET)
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the RTC’s pending flags.
* Input : RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be a combination of one or more of
* the following values:
* - RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag. This flag
* is cleared only after an APB reset or an APB Clock stop.
* - RTC_FLAG_Overflow: Overflow interrupt flag
* - RTC_FLAG_Alarm: Alarm interrupt flag
* - RTC_FLAG_Second: Second interrupt flag
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_ClearFlag(u16 RTC_FLAG)
{
/* Clear the coressponding RTC flag */
RTC->CRL &= ~RTC_FLAG;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_GetITStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occured or not.
* Input : RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to check.
* This parameter can be a combination of one or more of
* the following values:
* - RTC_IT_Overflow: Overflow interrupt
* - RTC_IT_Alarm: Alarm interrupt
* - RTC_IT_Second: Second interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of the RTC_IT (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(u16 RTC_IT)
{
if(((RTC->CRH & RTC_IT) != RESET)&& ((RTC->CRL & RTC_IT) != RESET))
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : RTC_ClearITPendingBit
* Description : Clears the RTC’s interrupt pending bits.
* Input : RTC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of one or more of
* the following values:
* - RTC_IT_Overflow: Overflow interrupt
* - RTC_IT_Alarm: Alarm interrupt
* - RTC_IT_Second: Second interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(u16 RTC_IT)
{
/* Clear the coressponding RTC pending bit */
RTC->CRL &= ~RTC_IT;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

551
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_smi.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_smi.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the SMI software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_smi.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* SMI_CR1 mask bits */
#define SMI_HOLDPRESCTCS_RESET_Mask 0xFF00800F
#define SMI_Prescaler_MaxValue 0x7F
#define SMI_DeselectTime_MaxValue 0x0F
#define SMI_ClockHold_Mask 0x00
#define SMI_Prescaler_Mask 0x02
#define SMI_DeselectTime_Mask 0x5
/* SMI_CR2 mask bits */
#define SMI_BS_RESET_Mask 0xFFFFCFFF
#define SMI_BS_Bank1_Mask 0x00001000
#define SMI_BS_Bank2_Mask 0x00002000
#define SMI_BS_Bank3_Mask 0x00003000
#define SMI_WEN_Mask 0x00000800
#define SMI_RSR_Mask 0x00000400
#define SMI_SEND_Mask 0x00000080
#define SMI_TRARECLENGTH_RESET_Mask 0xFFFFFF88
/* SMI_SR mask bits */
#define SMI_STATUSREGISTER_Mask 0xFF
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the SMI peripheral registers to their default
* reset values. This function must not be used when booting
* from the SMI external memory.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_DeInit(void)
{
SMI->CR1 = 0x00000250;
SMI->CR2 = 0x00;
SMI->SR &= 0xFFFFF0FF;
SMI->TR = 0x00;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_Init
* Description : Initializes the SMI peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the SMI_InitStruct.
* Input : - SMI_InitStruct: pointer to a SMI_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified
* SMI peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_Init(SMI_InitTypeDef* SMI_InitStruct)
{
u32 Temp = 0;
/* Clear HOLD[7:0], PRESC[6:0] and TCS[3:0] bits */
Temp = SMI->CR1 & SMI_HOLDPRESCTCS_RESET_Mask;
/* Set HOLD[7:0] bits according to SMI_ClockHold value */
Temp |= SMI_InitStruct->SMI_ClockHold << 16;
if(SMI_InitStruct->SMI_Prescaler <= SMI_Prescaler_MaxValue)
{
/* Set PRESC[6:0] bits according to SMI_Prescaler value */
Temp |= SMI_InitStruct->SMI_Prescaler << 8;
}
if(SMI_InitStruct->SMI_DeselectTime <= SMI_DeselectTime_MaxValue)
{
/* Set TCS[3:0] bits according to SMI_DeselectTime value */
Temp |= SMI_InitStruct->SMI_DeselectTime << 4;
}
/* Store the new value */
SMI->CR1 = Temp;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_StructInit
* Description : Fills each SMI_InitStruct member with its reset value.
* Input : - SMI_InitStruct: pointer to a SMI_InitTypeDef structure which
* will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_StructInit(SMI_InitTypeDef* SMI_InitStruct)
{
/* SMI_CK is sent continuously */
SMI_InitStruct->SMI_ClockHold = SMI_ClockHold_Mask;
/* SMI_CK = HCLK/2 */
SMI_InitStruct->SMI_Prescaler = SMI_Prescaler_Mask;
/* Deselect Time set to 6*SMI_CK periods */
SMI_InitStruct->SMI_DeselectTime = SMI_DeselectTime_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_ModeConfig
* Description : Selects the SMI mode: hardware or software.
* Input : - SMI_Mode: specifies the SMI mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SMI_Mode_HW: SMI in hardware mode
* - SMI_Mode_SW: SMI in software mode
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_ModeConfig(u32 SMI_Mode)
{
if(SMI_Mode == SMI_Mode_SW)
{
SMI->CR1 |= SMI_Mode_SW;
}
else
{
SMI->CR1 &= SMI_Mode_HW;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_TxRxLengthConfig
* Description : Configures the number of bytes to be transmitted and received
* to/from external memory. This function is used in Software
* mode only.
* Input : - SMI_TxLength: specifies the number of bytes to be transmitted
* to external memory.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SMI_TxLength_0Bytes: No bytes transmitted
* - SMI_TxLength_1Byte: 1 byte transmitted
* - SMI_TxLength_2Bytes: 2 bytes transmitted
* - SMI_TxLength_3Bytes: 3 bytes transmitted
* - SMI_TxLength_4Bytes: 4 bytes transmitted
* - SMI_RxLength: specifies the number of bytes to be received
* from external memory.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SMI_RxLength_0Bytes: No bytes received
* - SMI_RxLength_1Byte: 1 byte received
* - SMI_RxLength_2Bytes: 2 bytes received
* - SMI_RxLength_3Bytes: 3 bytes received
* - SMI_RxLength_4Bytes: 4 bytes received
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_TxRxLengthConfig(u32 SMI_TxLength, u32 SMI_RxLength)
{
u32 Temp = 0;
/* Clear TRA_LENGTH[2:0] and REC_LENGTH[2:0] bits */
Temp = SMI->CR2 & SMI_TRARECLENGTH_RESET_Mask;
/* Set TRA_LENGTH[2:0] and REC_LENGTH[2:0] bits according to function parameters */
Temp |= SMI_TxLength | SMI_RxLength;
/* Store the new value */
SMI->CR2 = Temp;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_BankCmd
* Description : Enables or disables the specified memory Bank.
* Input : - SMI_Bank: specifies the memory Bank to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - SMI_Bank_0
* - SMI_Bank_1
* - SMI_Bank_2
* - SMI_Bank_3
* - NewState: new state of the specified memory Bank.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_BankCmd(u32 SMI_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
SMI->CR1 |= SMI_Bank;
}
else
{
SMI->CR1 &= ~SMI_Bank;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_ITConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the specified SMI interrupts.
* Input : - SMI_IT: specifies the SMI interrupts sources to be
* enabled or disabled. This parameter can be any combination
* of the following values:
* - SMI_IT_WC : Write Complete Interrupt
* - SMI_IT_TF : Transfer Finished Interrupt
* - NewState: new state of the specified SMI interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_ITConfig(u32 SMI_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
SMI->CR2 |= SMI_IT;
}
else
{
SMI->CR2 &= ~SMI_IT;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_SelectBank
* Description : Selects the memory Bank to be accessed. Only one Bank can be
* selected at a time.
* Input : - SMI_Bank: specifies the memory Bank to be selected.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SMI_Bank_0
* - SMI_Bank_1
* - SMI_Bank_2
* - SMI_Bank_3
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_SelectBank(u32 SMI_Bank)
{
/* Clear BS[1:0] bits (Bank0 is selected)*/
SMI->CR2 &= SMI_BS_RESET_Mask;
switch(SMI_Bank)
{
case SMI_Bank_1:
/* Select Bank1 */
SMI->CR2 |= SMI_BS_Bank1_Mask;
break;
case SMI_Bank_2:
/* Select Bank2 */
SMI->CR2 |= SMI_BS_Bank2_Mask;
break;
case SMI_Bank_3:
/* Select Bank3 */
SMI->CR2 |= SMI_BS_Bank3_Mask;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_SendWENCmd
* Description : Sends a Write Enable command to the selected memory Bank.
* This function is used in Hardware mode only.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_SendWENCmd(void)
{
SMI->CR2 |= SMI_WEN_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_SendRSRCmd
* Description : Sends a Read Status Register Command to the selected memory
* Bank.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_SendRSRCmd(void)
{
SMI->CR2 |= SMI_RSR_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_SendCmd
* Description : Sends command to the selected memory Bank. This function is
* used in Software mode only.
* Input : - Command: specifies the command to send to the external memory.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_SendCmd(u32 Command)
{
/* Load the command in the Transmit Register */
SMI->TR = Command;
/* Start transfer */
SMI->CR2 |= SMI_SEND_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_FastReadConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the Fast Read Mode.
* Input : - SMI_FastRead: specifies whether the Fast Read Mode is
* enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SMI_FastRead_Disable : Fast Read Mode disabled
* - SMI_FastRead_Enable : Fast Read Mode enabled
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_FastReadConfig(u32 SMI_FastRead)
{
if(SMI_FastRead == SMI_FastRead_Enable)
{
SMI->CR1 |= SMI_FastRead_Enable;
}
else
{
SMI->CR1 &= SMI_FastRead_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_WriteBurstConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the Write Burst Mode.
* Input : - SMI_WriteBurst: specifies whether the Write Burst Mode is
* enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SMI_WriteBurst_Disable : Write Burst Mode disabled
* - SMI_WriteBurst_Enable : Write Burst Mode enabled
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_WriteBurstConfig(u32 SMI_WriteBurst)
{
if(SMI_WriteBurst == SMI_WriteBurst_Enable)
{
SMI->CR1 |= SMI_WriteBurst_Enable;
}
else
{
SMI->CR1 &= SMI_WriteBurst_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_WriteByte
* Description : Writes a Byte to the selected memory Bank. This function is
* used in Hardware mode only.
* Before calling this function, send a Write Enable command to
* the selected memory Bank using SMI_SendWENCmd() function.
* Input : - WriteAddr: external memory address from which the data will
* be written.
* - Data: data to be written to the external memory.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_WriteByte(u32 WriteAddr, u8 Data)
{
/* Transfer data to the memory */
*(u8 *) WriteAddr = Data;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_WriteHalfWord
* Description : Writes a Half Word to the selected memory Bank. This function
* is used in Hardware mode only.
* Before calling this function, send a Write Enable command to
* the selected memory Bank using SMI_SendWENCmd() function.
* Input : - WriteAddr: external memory address from which the data will
* be written.
* - Data: data to be written to the external memory.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_WriteHalfWord(u32 WriteAddr, u16 Data)
{
/* Transfer data to the memory */
*(u16 *) WriteAddr = Data;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_WriteWord
* Description : Writes a Word to the selected memory Bank. This function is
* used in Hardware mode only.
* Before calling this function, send a Write Enable command to
* the selected memory Bank using SMI_SendWENCmd() function.
* Input : - WriteAddr: external memory address from which the data will
* be written.
* - Data: data to be written to the external memory.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_WriteWord(u32 WriteAddr, u32 Data)
{
/* Transfer data to the memory */
*(u32 *) WriteAddr = Data;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_ReadByte
* Description : Reads a Byte from the selected memory Bank. This function is
* used in Hardware mode only.
* Input : - ReadAddr: external memory address to read from.
* Output : None
* Return : Data read from the external memory.
*******************************************************************************/
u8 SMI_ReadByte(u32 ReadAddr)
{
return(*(u8 *) ReadAddr);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_ReadHalfWord
* Description : Reads a Half Word from the selected memory Bank. This function
* is used in Hardware mode only.
* Input : - ReadAddr: external memory address to read from.
* Output : None
* Return : Data read from the external memory.
*******************************************************************************/
u16 SMI_ReadHalfWord(u32 ReadAddr)
{
return(*(u16 *) ReadAddr);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_ReadWord
* Description : Reads a Word from the selected memory Bank. This function is
* used in Hardware mode only.
* Input : - ReadAddr: external memory address to read from.
* Output : None
* Return : Data read from the external memory.
*******************************************************************************/
u32 SMI_ReadWord(u32 ReadAddr)
{
return(*(u32 *) ReadAddr);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_ReadMemoryStatusRegister
* Description : Reads the status register of the memory connected to the
* selected Bank.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : External memory status register value.
*******************************************************************************/
u8 SMI_ReadMemoryStatusRegister(void)
{
return((u8) (SMI->SR & SMI_STATUSREGISTER_Mask));
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified SMI flag is set or not.
* Input : - SMI_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SMI_FLAG_Bank3_WM : Memory Bank3 Write Mode flag
* - SMI_FLAG_Bank2_WM : Memory Bank2 Write Mode flag
* - SMI_FLAG_Bank1_WM : Memory Bank1 Write Mode flag
* - SMI_FLAG_Bank0_WM : Memory Bank0 Write Mode flag
* - SMI_FLAG_ERF2 : Error Flag 2: Forbidden Write Request
* - SMI_FLAG_ERF1 : Error Flag 1: Forbidden Access
* - SMI_FLAG_WC : Write Complete flag
* - SMI_FLAG_TF : Transfer Finished flag
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of SMI_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus SMI_GetFlagStatus(u32 SMI_FLAG)
{
if((SMI->SR & SMI_FLAG) != RESET)
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the SMI’s pending flags.
* Input : - SMI_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - SMI_FLAG_ERF2 : Error Flag 2: Forbidden Write Request
* - SMI_FLAG_ERF1 : Error Flag 1: Forbidden Access
* - SMI_FLAG_WC : Write Complete flag
* - SMI_FLAG_TF : Transfer Finished flag
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_ClearFlag(u32 SMI_FLAG)
{
SMI->SR &= ~SMI_FLAG;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_GetITStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified SMI interrupt has occurred or not.
* Input : - SMI_FLAG: specifies the interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SMI_IT_WC : Write Complete Interrupt
* - SMI_IT_TF : Transfer Finished Interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of SMI_IT (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
ITStatus SMI_GetITStatus(u32 SMI_IT)
{
if(((SMI->CR2 & SMI_IT) != RESET) && ((SMI->SR & SMI_IT) != RESET))
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SMI_ClearITPendingBit
* Description : Clears the SMI’s interrupt pending bits.
* Input : - SMI_FLAG: specifies the interrupts sources to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - SMI_IT_WC : Write Complete Interrupt
* - SMI_IT_TF : Transfer Finished Interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SMI_ClearITPendingBit(u32 SMI_IT)
{
SMI->SR &= ~SMI_IT;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

588
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_ssp.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_ssp.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the SSP software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_ssp.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* SSP peripheral Enable */
#define SSP_Enable 0x0002
#define SSP_Disable 0xFFFD
/* SSP Loop Back Mode Enable */
#define SSP_LoopBackMode_Enable 0x0001
#define SSP_LoopBackMode_Disable 0xFFFE
/* SSP Flag Mask */
#define SSP_Flag_Mask 0x001F
/* SSP DMA transmit/ receive enable/disable Masks */
#define SSP0_DMA_TransmitEnable 0x0002
#define SSP0_DMA_TransmitDisable 0xFFFD
#define SSP0_DMA_ReceiveEnable 0x0001
#define SSP0_DMA_ReceiveDisable 0xFFFE
/* SSP Masks */
#define SSP_FrameFormat_Mask 0xFFCF
#define SSP_DataSize_Mask 0xFFF0
#define SSP_ClockRate_Mask 0x00FF
#define SSP_ClockPrescaler_Mask 0xFF00
#define SSP_SSI_Set_Mask 0x0020
#define SSP_SSI_Reset_Mask 0xFFDF
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the SSPx peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* Input : SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_DeInit(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx)
{
if(SSPx == SSP0)
{
/* Reset the SSP0 registers values*/
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_SSP0,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_SSP0,DISABLE);
}
else if (SSPx == SSP1)
{
/* Reset the SSP1 registers values*/
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_SSP1,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_SSP1,DISABLE);
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_Init
* Description : Initializes the SSPx peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the SSP_InitTypeDef structure.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - SSP_InitStruct: pointer to a SSP_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified SSP
* peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_Init(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, SSP_InitTypeDef* SSP_InitStruct)
{
/* Configure the Frame format */
if(SSP_InitStruct->SSP_FrameFormat == SSP_FrameFormat_TI)
{
/* Clear the FRF[1:0] bits */
SSPx->CR0 &= SSP_FrameFormat_Mask;
/* Set the TI frame format */
SSPx->CR0 |= SSP_FrameFormat_TI;
}
else
{
/* Set the Motorola frame format */
SSPx->CR0 &= SSP_FrameFormat_Motorola;
/* Configure the Clock polarity */
if(SSP_InitStruct->SSP_CPOL == SSP_CPOL_High)
{
/* SCK is held high when no data is being transfered */
SSPx->CR0 |= SSP_CPOL_High;
}
else
{
/* SCK is held low when no data is being transfered */
SSPx->CR0 &= SSP_CPOL_Low;
}
/* Configure the Clock Phase */
if(SSP_InitStruct->SSP_CPHA == SSP_CPHA_2Edge)
{
/* Data captured on second clock edge */
SSPx->CR0 |= SSP_CPHA_2Edge;
}
else
{
/* Data captured on first clock edge */
SSPx->CR0 &= SSP_CPHA_1Edge;
}
}
/* Configure the Mode */
if(SSP_InitStruct->SSP_Mode == SSP_Mode_Slave)
{
/* Set the slave mode */
SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_Mode_Slave;
/* Configure the Slave output */
if(SSP_InitStruct->SSP_SlaveOutput == SSP_SlaveOutput_Disable)
{
/* Slave output disabled */
SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_SlaveOutput_Disable;
}
else
{
/* Slave output enabled */
SSPx->CR1 &= SSP_SlaveOutput_Enable;
}
/* Configure the NSS pin */
if(SSP_InitStruct->SSP_NSS == SSP_NSS_Soft)
{
/* Slave selected by software through SSI bit */
SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_NSS_Soft;
SSPx->CR1 &= SSP_SSI_Reset_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Slave selected by hardware through external SSpin */
SSPx->CR1 &= SSP_NSS_Hard;
}
/* Configure the Clock rate and prescaler in TI slave mode */
if(SSP_InitStruct->SSP_FrameFormat == SSP_FrameFormat_TI)
{
/* Clear clock rate SCR[7:0] bits */
SSPx->CR0 &= SSP_ClockRate_Mask;
/* Set the serial clock rate */
SSPx->CR0 |= (SSP_InitStruct->SSP_ClockRate<<8);
/* Clear clock prescaler CPSDVSR[7:0] bits */
SSPx->PR &= SSP_ClockPrescaler_Mask;
/* Set the serial clock prescaler */
SSPx->PR |= SSP_InitStruct->SSP_ClockPrescaler;
}
}
else
{
/* Set the master mode */
SSPx->CR1 &= SSP_Mode_Master;
/* Configure the NSS pin */
if(SSP_InitStruct->SSP_NSS == SSP_NSS_Soft)
{
/* Master selected by software through SSI bit */
SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_NSS_Soft;
SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_SSI_Set_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Master selected by hardware through external SSpin */
SSPx->CR1 &= SSP_NSS_Hard;
}
/* Clear clock rate SCR[7:0] bits */
SSPx->CR0 &= SSP_ClockRate_Mask;
/* Set the serial clock rate */
SSPx->CR0 |= (SSP_InitStruct->SSP_ClockRate<<8);
/* Clear clock prescaler CPSDVSR[7:0] bits */
SSPx->PR &= SSP_ClockPrescaler_Mask;
/* Set the serial clock prescaler */
SSPx->PR |= SSP_InitStruct->SSP_ClockPrescaler;
}
/* Clear data size DSS[3:0] bits */
SSPx->CR0 &= SSP_DataSize_Mask;
/* Set the data size */
SSPx->CR0 |= SSP_InitStruct->SSP_DataSize;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_StructInit
* Description : Fills each SSP_InitStruct member with its default value.
* Input : SSP_InitStruct : pointer to a SSP_InitTypeDef structure
which will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_StructInit(SSP_InitTypeDef* SSP_InitStruct)
{
/* Initialize the SSP_FrameFormat member */
SSP_InitStruct->SSP_FrameFormat = SSP_FrameFormat_Motorola;
/* Initialize the SSP_Mode member */
SSP_InitStruct->SSP_Mode = SSP_Mode_Master;
/* Initialize the SSP_CPOL member */
SSP_InitStruct->SSP_CPOL = SSP_CPOL_Low;
/* Initialize the SSP_CPHA member */
SSP_InitStruct->SSP_CPHA = SSP_CPHA_1Edge;
/* Initialize the SSP_DataSize member */
SSP_InitStruct->SSP_DataSize = SSP_DataSize_8b;
/* Initialize the SSP_NSS member */
SSP_InitStruct->SSP_NSS = SSP_NSS_Hard;
/* Initialize the SSP_SlaveOutput member */
SSP_InitStruct->SSP_SlaveOutput = SSP_SlaveOutput_Enable;
/* Initialize the SSP_ClockRate member */
SSP_InitStruct->SSP_ClockRate = 0;
/* Initialize the SSP_ClockPrescaler member */
SSP_InitStruct->SSP_ClockPrescaler = 0;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_Cmd
* Description : Enables or disables the specified SSP peripheral.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - NewState: new state of the SSPx peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_Cmd(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the SSP peripheral */
SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable the SSP peripheral */
SSPx->CR1 &= SSP_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_ITConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the specified SSP interrupts.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - SSP_IT: specifies the SSP interrupts sources to be enabled
* or disabled. This parameter can be any combination of the
* following values:
* - SSP_IT_TxFifo: Transmit FIFO half empty or less interrupt
* - SSP_IT_RxFifo: Receive FIFO half full or less interrupt
* - SSP_IT_RxTimeOut: Receive timeout interrupt
* - SSP_IT_RxOverrun: Receive overrun interrupt
* - NewState: new state of the specified SSP interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_ITConfig(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected SSP interrupts */
SSPx->IMSCR |= SSP_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected SSP interrupts */
SSPx->IMSCR &= ~SSP_IT;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_DMACmd
* Description : Configures the SSP0 DMA interface.
* Input : - SSP0_DMAtransfer : specifies the DMA transfer to be
* enabled or disabled. This parameter can be one of the
* following values:
* - SSP0_DMA_Transmit: transmit Fifo DMA transfer
* - SSP0_DMA_Receive: receive Fifo DMA transfer
* - NewState: new state of SSP0 DMA transfer.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_DMACmd(u16 SSP0_DMAtransfer, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
if(SSP0_DMAtransfer == SSP0_DMA_Transmit)
{
/* Enable DMA for the transmit FIFO */
SSP0->DMACR |= SSP0_DMA_TransmitEnable;
}
else
{
/* Enable DMA for the receive FIFO */
SSP0->DMACR |= SSP0_DMA_ReceiveEnable;
}
}
else
{
if(SSP0_DMAtransfer == SSP0_DMA_Transmit)
{
/* Disable DMA for the transmit FIFO */
SSP0->DMACR &= SSP0_DMA_TransmitDisable;
}
else
{
/* Disable DMA for the receive FIFO */
SSP0->DMACR &= SSP0_DMA_ReceiveDisable;
}
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_DMATxConfig
* Description : Configures the SSP0 DMA transmit transfer.
* Input : - SSP0_DMATxReq : specifies the SSP0 DMA transmit request to
* be enabled. This parameter can be one of the following
* values:
* - SSP0_DMATxReq_Single: Transmit FIFO DMA single
* request enabled
* - SSP0_DMATxReq_Burst: Transmit FIFO DMA burst request
* enabled
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_DMATxConfig(u16 SSP0_DMATxReq)
{
if(SSP0_DMATxReq == SSP0_DMATxReq_Burst)
{
/* Enable DMA transmit burst request */
SSP0->DMACR |= SSP0_DMATxReq_Burst;
}
else
{
/* Enable DMA transmit single request */
SSP0->DMACR &= SSP0_DMATxReq_Single;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_DMARxConfig
* Description : Configures the SSP0 DMA receive transfer.
* Input : - SSP0_DMARxReq : specifies the SSP0 DMA receive request to
* be enabled. This parameter can be one of the following
* values:
* - SSP0_DMARxReq_Single: Receive FIFO DMA burst request
* enabled
* - SSP0_DMARxReq_Burst: Receive FIFO DMA single request
* enabled
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_DMARxConfig(u16 SSP0_DMARxReq)
{
if(SSP0_DMARxReq == SSP0_DMARxReq_Burst)
{
/* Enable DMA receive burst request */
SSP0->DMACR |= SSP0_DMARxReq_Burst;
}
else
{
/* Enable DMA receive single request */
SSP0->DMACR &= SSP0_DMARxReq_Single;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_SendData
* Description : Transmits a Data through the SSP peripheral.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - Data : Data to be transmitted.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_SendData(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 Data)
{
/* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */
SSPx->DR = Data;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_ReceiveData
* Description : Returns the most recent received data by the SSP peripheral.
* Input : SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : The value of the received data.
*******************************************************************************/
u16 SSP_ReceiveData(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx)
{
/* Return the data in the DR register */
return SSPx->DR;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_LoopBackConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the Loop back mode for the selected SSP
* peripheral.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - NewState: new state of the Loop Back mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_LoopBackConfig(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable loop back mode */
SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_LoopBackMode_Enable;
}
else
{
/* Disable loop back mode */
SSPx->CR1 &= SSP_LoopBackMode_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_NSSInternalConfig
* Description : Configures by software the NSS pin.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - SSP_NSSState: NSS internal state.This parameter can be one
* of the following values:
* - SSP_NSSInternal_Set: Set NSS pin internally
* - SSP_NSSInternal_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_NSSInternalConfig(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_NSSState)
{
if(SSP_NSSState == SSP_NSSInternal_Set)
{
/* Set NSS pin internally */
SSPx->CR1 |= SSP_NSSInternal_Set;
}
else
{
/* Reset NSS pin internally */
SSPx->CR1 &= SSP_NSSInternal_Reset;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified SSP flag is set or not.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - SSP_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. This parameter can
* be one of the following values:
* - SSP_FLAG_Busy: busy flag
* - SSP_FLAG_RxFifoFull: Receive FIFO full flag
* - SSP_FLAG_RxFifoNotEmpty: Receive FIFO not empty flag
* - SSP_FLAG_TxFifoNotFull: Transmit FIFO not full flag
* - SSP_FLAG_TxFifoEmpty: Transmit FIFO empty flag
* - SSP_FLAG_TxFifo: Transmit FIFO half empty or less flag
* - SSP_FLAG_RxFifo: Receive FIFO half full or less flag
* - SSP_FLAG_RxTimeOut: Receive timeout flag
* - SSP_FLAG_RxOverrun: Receive overrun flag
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of SSP_FLAG(SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus SSP_GetFlagStatus(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_FLAG)
{
u32 SSPReg = 0, FlagPos = 0;
u32 StatusReg = 0;
/* Get the SSP register index */
SSPReg = SSP_FLAG >> 5;
/* Get the flag position */
FlagPos = SSP_FLAG & SSP_Flag_Mask;
/* Find the register of the flag to check */
if(SSPReg == 1)
{
/* The flag to check is in SR register */
StatusReg = SSPx->SR;
}
else if (SSPReg == 2)
{
/* The flag to check is in RISR register */
StatusReg = SSPx->RISR;
}
/* Check the status of the specified SSP flag */
if((StatusReg & (1 << FlagPos)) != RESET)
{
/* Return SET if the SSP flag is set */
return SET;
}
else
{
/* Return RESET if the SSP flag is reset */
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the SSPx’s pending flags.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - SSP_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. This parameter can
* be one of the following values:
* - SSP_FLAG_RxTimeOut: Receive timeout flag
* - SSP_FLAG_RxOverrun: Receive overrun flag
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_ClearFlag(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_FLAG)
{
u8 FlagPos = 0;
/* Get the flag position */
FlagPos = SSP_FLAG & SSP_Flag_Mask;
/* Clear the selected SSP flag */
SSPx->ICR = (1 << FlagPos);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_GetITStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified SSP interrupt has occurred or not.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - SSP_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SSP_IT_TxFifo: Transmit FIFO half empty or less interrupt
* - SSP_IT_RxFifo: Receive FIFO half full or less interrupt
* - SSP_IT_RxTimeOut: Receive timeout interrupt
* - SSP_IT_RxOverrun: Receive overrun interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of SSP_IT(SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
ITStatus SSP_GetITStatus(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_IT)
{
/* Check the status of the specified interrupt flag */
if((SSPx->MISR & SSP_IT) != RESET)
{
/* Return SET if the SSP interrupt flag is set */
return SET;
}
else
{
/* Return RESET if SSP interrupt flag is reset */
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : SSP_ClearITPendingBit
* Description : Clears the SSPx’s interrupt pending bits.
* Input : - SSPx: where x can be 0 or 1 to select the SSP peripheral.
* - SSP_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - SSP_IT_RxTimeOut: Receive timeout interrupt
* - SSP_IT_RxOverrun: Receive overrun interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void SSP_ClearITPendingBit(SSP_TypeDef* SSPx, u16 SSP_IT)
{
/* Clear the selected SSP interrupts pending bits */
SSPx->ICR = SSP_IT;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

425
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_tb.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_tb.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the TB software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_tb.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
#define TB_IT_Enable_Mask 0x7FFF
#define TB_IT_Clear_Mask 0x7FFF
#define TB_IC_Enable 0x0004
#define TB_ICPolarity_Set 0x0008
#define TB_ICPolarity_Reset 0xFFF7
#define TB_UFS_Reset 0xFFFE
#define TB_UFS_Set 0x0001
/* TB debug state */
#define TB_DBGC_Set 0x0400
#define TB_DBGC_Reset 0xFB7F
/* TB counter state */
#define TB_COUNTER_Reset 0x0002
#define TB_COUNTER_Start 0x0004
#define TB_COUNTER_Stop 0xFFFB
#define TB_SMS_EXTCLK_Set 0x0008
#define TB_SMS_RESETCLK_Set 0x0000
/* TB Slave Mode Enable Set/Reset value */
#define TB_SME_Reset 0x731B
#define TB_SME_Set 0x0004
/* TB Trigger Selection value */
#define TB_TS_IC1_Set 0x0200
/* TB SCR Masks bit */
#define TB_SlaveModeSelection_Mask 0x7307
#define TB_TriggerSelection_Mask 0x701F
/* Reset Register Masks */
#define TB_Prescaler_Reset_Mask 0x0000
#define TB_CounterMode_Mask 0xFF8F
#define TB_AutoReload_Reset_Mask 0xFFFF
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the TB peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_DeInit(void)
{
/* Enters and exits the TB peripheral to and from reset */
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_TB,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_TB,DISABLE);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_Init
* Description : Initializes TB peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the TB_InitStruct.
* Input : TB_InitStruct: pointer to a TB_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the TB peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_Init(TB_InitTypeDef* TB_InitStruct)
{
/* Set the TB prescaler value */
TB->PSC = TB_InitStruct->TB_Prescaler;
/* Set the TB period value */
TB->ARR = TB_InitStruct->TB_AutoReload;
/* Set the corresponding counter mode */
TB->CR = (TB->CR & TB_CounterMode_Mask) | TB_InitStruct->TB_CounterMode;
/* Set the corresponding clock source */
if(TB_InitStruct->TB_ClockSource == TB_ClockSource_CKRTC)
{
TB->SCR &= TB_SME_Reset & TB_SlaveModeSelection_Mask & TB_TriggerSelection_Mask;
TB->SCR |= TB_SMS_EXTCLK_Set | TB_SME_Set | TB_TS_IC1_Set;
}
else
{
TB->SCR &= TB_SME_Reset & TB_SlaveModeSelection_Mask & TB_TriggerSelection_Mask;
}
if(TB_InitStruct->TB_Mode == TB_Mode_IC)
{
/* Set the corresponding value in TB SCR register */
TB->SCR &= TB_SME_Reset & TB_SlaveModeSelection_Mask & TB_TriggerSelection_Mask;
TB->SCR |= TB_SMS_RESETCLK_Set | TB_SME_Set | TB_TS_IC1_Set;
/* Set the IC1 enable bit */
TB->IMCR |= TB_IC_Enable;
/* Set the input signal polarity */
if (TB_InitStruct->TB_ICAPolarity == TB_ICAPolarity_Falling)
{
TB->IMCR |= TB_ICPolarity_Set;
}
else
{
TB->IMCR &= TB_ICPolarity_Reset;
}
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_StructInit
* Description : Fills each TB_InitStruct member with its default value
* Input : TB_InitStruct : pointer to a TB_InitTypeDef structure which
* will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_StructInit(TB_InitTypeDef *TB_InitStruct)
{
TB_InitStruct->TB_Mode = TB_Mode_Timing;
TB_InitStruct->TB_ClockSource = TB_ClockSource_CKTIM;
TB_InitStruct->TB_CounterMode = TB_CounterMode_Up;
TB_InitStruct->TB_ICAPolarity = TB_ICAPolarity_Rising;
TB_InitStruct->TB_Prescaler = TB_Prescaler_Reset_Mask;
TB_InitStruct->TB_AutoReload = TB_AutoReload_Reset_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_Cmd
* Description : Enables or disables the TB peripheral.
* Input : Newstate: new state of the TB peripheral. This parameter can
* be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_Cmd(FunctionalState Newstate)
{
if(Newstate == ENABLE)
{
TB->CR |= TB_COUNTER_Start;
}
else
{
TB->CR &= TB_COUNTER_Stop;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_ITConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the specified TB interrupt.
* Input : - TB_IT: specifies the TB interrupt sources to be enabled or
* disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - TB_IT_Update: TB Update interrupt
* - TB_IT_GlobalUpdate: TB Global Update interrupt
* - TB_IT_IC: TB Input Capture interrupt
* - Newstate: new state of the specified TB interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_ITConfig(u16 TB_IT, FunctionalState Newstate)
{
u16 TB_IT_Enable = 0;
TB_IT_Enable = TB_IT & TB_IT_Enable_Mask;
if(Newstate == ENABLE)
{
/* Update interrupt global source: overflow/undeflow, counter reset operation
or slave mode controller in reset mode */
if ((TB_IT & TB_IT_GlobalUpdate) == TB_IT_GlobalUpdate)
{
TB->CR &= TB_UFS_Reset;
}
/* Update interrupt source: counter overflow/underflow */
else if ((TB_IT & TB_IT_Update) == TB_IT_Update)
{
TB->CR |= TB_UFS_Set;
}
/* Select and enable the interrupts requests */
TB->RSR |= TB_IT_Enable;
TB->RER |= TB_IT_Enable;
}
/* Disable the interrupts requests */
else
{
TB->RSR &= ~TB_IT_Enable;
TB->RER &= ~TB_IT_Enable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_SetPrescaler
* Description : Sets the TB Prescaler value.
* Input : Prescaler: specifies the TB Prescaler value.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_SetPrescaler(u16 Prescaler)
{
/* Sets the prescaler value */
TB->PSC = Prescaler;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_ResetCounter
* Description : Re-intializes the counter and generates an update of the
* registers.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_ResetCounter(void)
{
/* Re-intializes TB counter */
TB->CR |= TB_COUNTER_Reset;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_DebugCmd
* Description : Enables or disables TB peripheral Debug control.
* Input : Newstate: new state of the TB Debug control.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_DebugCmd(FunctionalState Newstate)
{
if(Newstate == ENABLE)
{
TB->CR |= TB_DBGC_Set;
}
else
{
TB->CR &= TB_DBGC_Reset;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_CounterModeConfig
* Description : Configures the TB Counter Mode.
* Input : TB_CounterMode: specifies the TB counter mode to be used.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TB_CounterMode_Up: TB Up Counting Mode
* - TB_CounterMode_Down: TB Down Counting Mode
* - TB_CounterMode_CenterAligned: TB Center Aligned Mode
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_CounterModeConfig(u16 TB_CounterMode)
{
/* Counter mode configuration */
TB->CR &= TB_CounterMode_Mask;
TB->CR |= TB_CounterMode;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_SLaveModeConfig
* Description : Configures the TB slave Mode.
* Input : TB_SMSMode: specifies the TB slave mode to be used.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TB_SMSMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising
* edge of the trigger
* - TB_SMSMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when
* trigger signal is high
* - TB_SMSMode_External: The rising edge of selected trigger
* clocks the counter
* - TB_SMSMode_Reset: The rising edge of the selected
* trigger signal resets the counter
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_SLaveModeConfig(u16 TB_SMSMode)
{
TB->SCR &= TB_SME_Reset & TB_SlaveModeSelection_Mask & TB_TriggerSelection_Mask;
TB->SCR |= TB_SME_Set | TB_SMSMode | TB_TS_IC1_Set;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_GetCounter
* Description : Gets the TB Counter value.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The TB counter register value.
*******************************************************************************/
u16 TB_GetCounter(void)
{
return TB->CNT;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_GetICAP1
* Description : Gets the TB Input capture value.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The TB ICR1 register value.
*******************************************************************************/
u16 TB_GetICAP1(void)
{
return TB->ICR1;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_SetCounter
* Description : Sets the TB Counter value.
* Input : Counter: specifies the TB Counter value.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_SetCounter(u16 Counter)
{
TB->CNT = Counter;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified TB flag is set or not.
* Input : TB_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TB_FLAG_IC: TB Input Capture flag
* - TB_FLAG_Update: TB update flag
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of the TB_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus TB_GetFlagStatus(u16 TB_FLAG)
{
if((TB->ISR & TB_FLAG) != RESET )
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the TB’s pending flags.
* Input : TB_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - TB_FLAG_IC: TB Input Capture flag
* - TB_FLAG_Update: TB update flag
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_ClearFlag(u16 TB_FLAG)
{
/* Clears the flags */
TB->ISR &= ~TB_FLAG;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_GetITStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified TB interrupt has occurred or not.
* Input : TB_IT: specifies the interrupt to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TB_IT_Update: TB Update interrupt
* - TB_IT_GlobalUpdate: TB Global Update interrupt
* - TB_IT_IC: TB Input Capture interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of the TB_IT (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
ITStatus TB_GetITStatus(u16 TB_IT)
{
u16 TB_IT_Check = 0;
/* Calculates the pending bits to be checked */
TB_IT_Check = TB_IT & TB_IT_Clear_Mask;
if((TB->ISR & TB_IT_Check) != RESET )
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : TB_ClearITPendingBit
* Description : Clears the TB's interrupt pending bits.
* Input : TB_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - TB_IT_Update: TB Update interrupt
* - TB_IT_GlobalUpdate: TB Global Update interrupt
* - TB_IT_IC: TB Input Capture interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void TB_ClearITPendingBit(u16 TB_IT)
{
u16 TB_IT_Clear = 0;
/* Calculates the pending bits to be cleared */
TB_IT_Clear = TB_IT & TB_IT_Clear_Mask;
/* Clears the pending bits */
TB->ISR &= ~TB_IT_Clear;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1360
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_tim.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

599
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_uart.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_uart.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the UART software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_uart.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* UART LIN Mask */
#define UART_LIN_Disable_Mask 0xFEFF /* LIN Disable Mask */
#define UART_LIN_Enable_Mask 0x0100 /* LIN Enable Mask */
/* UART Mask */
#define UART_Enable_Mask 0x0001 /* UART Enable Mask */
#define UART_Disable_Mask 0xFFFE /* UART Disable Mask */
/* UART LoopBack */
#define UART_LoopBack_Disable_Mask 0xFF7F/* LoopBack Disable Mask */
#define UART_LoopBack_Enable_Mask 0x0080/* LoopBack Enable Mask */
#define UART_WordLength_Mask 0xFF9F /* UART Word Length Mask */
#define UART_Parity_Mask 0xFF79 /* UART Parity Mask */
#define UART_HardwareFlowControl_Mask 0x3FFF /* UART Hardware Flow Control Mask */
#define UART_TxRxFIFOLevel_Mask 0xFFC0 /* UART Tx Rx FIFO Level Mask */
#define UART_LINBreakLength_Mask 0xE1FF /* UART LIN Break Length Mask */
#define UART_BreakChar_Mask 0x0001 /* UART Break Character send Mask */
#define UART_FLAG_Mask 0x1F /* UART Flag Mask */
#define UART_Mode_Mask 0xFCFF /* UART Mode Mask */
#define UART_RTSSET_Mask 0xF7FF /* RTS signal is high */
#define UART_RTSRESET_Mask 0x0800 /* RTS signal is low */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the UARTx peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* Input : UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_DeInit(UART_TypeDef* UARTx)
{
/* Reset the UARTx registers values */
if(UARTx == UART0)
{
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_UART0,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_UART0,DISABLE);
}
else if(UARTx == UART1)
{
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_UART1,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_UART1,DISABLE);
}
else if(UARTx == UART2)
{
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_UART2,ENABLE);
MRCC_PeripheralSWResetConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_UART2,DISABLE);
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_Init
* Description : Initializes the UARTx peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the UART_InitStruct .
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* - UART_InitStruct: pointer to a UART_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the
* specified UART peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_Init(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, UART_InitTypeDef* UART_InitStruct)
{
u32 APBClock = 0;
u32 IntegerDivider = 0;
u32 FractionalDivider = 0;
MRCC_ClocksTypeDef MRCC_ClocksStatus;
/* Clear the WLEN bits */
UARTx->LCR &= UART_WordLength_Mask;
/* Set the WLEN bits according to UART_WordLength value */
UARTx->LCR |= UART_InitStruct->UART_WordLength;
/* Choose Stop Bits */
if(UART_InitStruct->UART_StopBits == UART_StopBits_1)
{
/* One Stop Bit */
UARTx->LCR &= UART_StopBits_1;
}
else
{
/* Two Stop Bits */
UARTx->LCR |= UART_StopBits_2;
}
/* Clear SPS, EPS and PEN bits */
UARTx->LCR &= UART_Parity_Mask;
/* Set PS, EPS and PEN bits according to UART_Parity value */
UARTx->LCR |= UART_InitStruct->UART_Parity;
/* Configure the BaudRate --------------------------------------------------*/
/* Get the APB frequency */
MRCC_GetClocksStatus(&MRCC_ClocksStatus);
APBClock = MRCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK_Frequency;
/* Determine the integer part */
IntegerDivider = ((100) * (APBClock) / (16 * (UART_InitStruct->UART_BaudRate)));
UARTx->IBRD = IntegerDivider / 100;
/* Determine the fractional part */
FractionalDivider = IntegerDivider - (100 * (UARTx->IBRD));
UARTx->FBRD = ((((FractionalDivider * 64) + 50) / 100));
/* Choose the Hardware Flow Control */
/* Clear RTSEn and CTSEn bits */
UARTx->CR &= UART_HardwareFlowControl_Mask;
/* Set RTSEn and CTSEn bits according to UART_HardwareFlowControl value */
UARTx->CR |= UART_InitStruct->UART_HardwareFlowControl;
/* Configure the UART mode */
/* Clear TXE and RXE bits */
UARTx->CR &= UART_Mode_Mask;
/* Set TXE and RXE bits according to UART_Mode value */
UARTx->CR |= UART_InitStruct->UART_Mode;
/* Enable or disable the FIFOs */
/* Set the FIFOs Levels */
if(UART_InitStruct->UART_FIFO == UART_FIFO_Enable)
{
/* Enable the FIFOs */
UARTx->LCR |= UART_FIFO_Enable;
/* Clear TXIFLSEL and RXIFLSEL bits */
UARTx->IFLS &= UART_TxRxFIFOLevel_Mask;
/* Set RXIFLSEL bits according to UART_RxFIFOLevel value */
UARTx->IFLS |= (UART_InitStruct->UART_RxFIFOLevel << 3);
/* Set TXIFLSEL bits according to UART_TxFIFOLevel value */
UARTx->IFLS |= UART_InitStruct->UART_TxFIFOLevel;
}
else
{
/* Disable the FIFOs */
UARTx->LCR &= UART_FIFO_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_StructInit
* Description : Fills each UART_InitStruct member with its default value.
* Input : UART_InitStruct: pointer to a UART_InitTypeDef structure which
* will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_StructInit(UART_InitTypeDef* UART_InitStruct)
{
/* UART_InitStruct members default value */
UART_InitStruct->UART_WordLength = UART_WordLength_8D;
UART_InitStruct->UART_StopBits = UART_StopBits_1;
UART_InitStruct->UART_Parity = UART_Parity_Odd ;
UART_InitStruct->UART_BaudRate = 9600;
UART_InitStruct->UART_HardwareFlowControl = UART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
UART_InitStruct->UART_Mode = UART_Mode_Tx_Rx;
UART_InitStruct->UART_FIFO = UART_FIFO_Enable;
UART_InitStruct->UART_TxFIFOLevel = UART_FIFOLevel_1_2;
UART_InitStruct->UART_RxFIFOLevel = UART_FIFOLevel_1_2;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_Cmd
* Description : Enables or disables the specified UART peripheral.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral
* - NewState: new state of the UARTx peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_Cmd(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected UART by setting the UARTEN bit in the CR register */
UARTx->CR |= UART_Enable_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected UART by clearing the UARTEN bit in the CR register */
UARTx->CR &= UART_Disable_Mask;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_ITConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the specified UART interrupts.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral
* - UART_IT: specifies the UART interrupts sources to be
* enabled or disabled. This parameter can be any combination
* of the following values:
* - UART_IT_OverrunError: Overrun Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_BreakError: Break Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_ParityError: Parity Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_FrameError: Frame Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_ReceiveTimeOut: Receive Time Out interrupt
* - UART_IT_Transmit: Transmit interrupt
* - UART_IT_Receive: Receive interrupt
* - UART_IT_CTS: CTS interrupt
* - NewState: new state of the UARTx peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_ITConfig(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enables the selected interrupts */
UARTx->IMSC |= UART_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disables the selected interrupts */
UARTx->IMSC &= ~UART_IT;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_DMAConfig
* Description : Configures the UART0 DMA interface.
* Input : - UART0_DMAtransfer : specifies the configuration of DMA request.
* This parameter can be:
* - UART0_DMATransfer_Single: Single DMA transfer
* - UART0_DMATransfer_Burst: Burst DMA transfer
* - UART0_DMAOnError: specifies the DMA on error request.
* This parameter can be:
* - UART0_DMAOnError_Enable: DMA receive request enabled
* when the UART error interrupt is asserted.
* - UART0_DMAOnError_Disable: DMA receive request disabled
* when the UART error interrupt is asserted.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_DMAConfig(u16 UART0_DMATransfer, u16 UART0_DMAOnError)
{
if(UART0_DMATransfer == UART0_DMATransfer_Single)
{
/* Configure the DMA request from the UART0 as single transfer */
UART0->DMACR &= UART0_DMATransfer_Single;
}
else
{
UART0->DMACR |= UART0_DMATransfer_Burst;
}
if(UART0_DMAOnError == UART0_DMAOnError_Enable)
{
UART0->DMACR &= UART0_DMAOnError_Enable;
}
else
{
UART0->DMACR |= UART0_DMAOnError_Disable;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_DMACmd
* Description : Enables or disables the UART0’s DMA interface.
* Input : - UART0_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request.
* This parameter can be:
* - UART0_DMAReq_Tx: Transmit DMA request
* - UART0_DMAReq_Rx: Receive DMA request
* - NewState: new state of the UART0’s DMA request.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_DMACmd(u16 UART0_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(UART0_DMAReq == UART0_DMAReq_Tx)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
UART0->DMACR |= UART0_DMAReq_Tx;
}
else
{
UART0->DMACR &= ~UART0_DMAReq_Tx;
}
}
else
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
UART0->DMACR |= UART0_DMAReq_Rx;
}
else
{
UART0->DMACR &= ~UART0_DMAReq_Rx;
}
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_LoopBackConfig
* Description : Enables or disables LoopBack mode in UARTx.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral
* - NewState: new state of the UARTx’s LoopBack mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_LoopBackConfig(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the LoopBack mode of the specified UART */
UARTx->CR |= UART_LoopBack_Enable_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Disable the LoopBack mode of the specified UART */
UARTx->CR &= UART_LoopBack_Disable_Mask;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_LINConfig
* Description : Sets the LIN break length.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* - UART_LINBreakLength: Break length value.
* This parameter can be:
* - UART_LINBreakLength_10: 10 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_11: 11 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_12: 12 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_13: 13 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_14: 14 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_15: 15 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_16: 16 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_17: 17 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_18: 18 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_19: 19 low bits
* - UART_LINBreakLength_20: 20 low bits
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_LINConfig(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_LINBreakLength)
{
/* Clear LBKLEN bits */
UARTx->LCR &= UART_LINBreakLength_Mask;
/* Set LBKLEN bits according to UART_LINBreakLength value */
UARTx->LCR |= UART_LINBreakLength;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_LINCmd
* Description : Enables or disables LIN master mode in UARTx.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral
* - NewState: new state of the UARTx’s LIN interface.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_LINCmd(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the LIN mode of the specified UART */
UARTx->LCR |= UART_LIN_Enable_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Disable the LIN mode of the specified UART */
UARTx->LCR &= UART_LIN_Disable_Mask;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_SendData
* Description : Transmits a signle Byte of data through the UARTx peripheral.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* - Data: the byte to transmit
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_SendData(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u8 Data)
{
/* Transmit one byte */
UARTx->DR = Data;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_ReceiveData
* Description : Returns the most recent received Byte by the UARTx peripheral.
* Input : UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : The received data
*******************************************************************************/
u8 UART_ReceiveData(UART_TypeDef* UARTx)
{
/* Receive one byte */
return ((u8)UARTx->DR);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_SendBreak
* Description : Transmits break characters.
* Input : UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_SendBreak(UART_TypeDef* UARTx)
{
/* Send break characters */
UARTx->BKR |= UART_BreakChar_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_RTSConfig
* Description : Sets or Resets the RTS signal
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* - RTSState: new state of the RTS signal.
* This parameter can be: RTSSET or RTSRESET
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_RTSConfig(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, UART_RTSTypeDef RTSState)
{
if(RTSState == RTSRESET)
{
UARTx->CR |= UART_RTSRESET_Mask;
}
else if(RTSState == RTSSET)
{
UARTx->CR &= UART_RTSSET_Mask;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified UART flag is set or not.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1 or 2 to select the UART peripheral
* - UART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART_FLAG_OverrunError: Overrun error flag
* - UART_FLAG_Break: break error flag
* - UART_FLAG_ParityError: parity error flag
* - UART_FLAG_FrameError: frame error flag
* - UART_FLAG_TxFIFOEmpty: Transmit FIFO Empty flag
* - UART_FLAG_RxFIFOFull: Receive FIFO Full flag
* - UART_FLAG_TxFIFOFull: Transmit FIFO Full flag
* - UART_FLAG_RxFIFOEmpty: Receive FIFO Empty flag
* - UART_FLAG_Busy: Busy flag
* - UART_FLAG_CTS: CTS flag
* - UART_RawIT_OverrunError: Overrun Error interrupt flag
* - UART_RawIT_BreakError: Break Error interrupt flag
* - UART_RawIT_ParityError: Parity Error interrupt flag
* - UART_RawIT_FrameError: Frame Error interrupt flag
* - UART_RawIT_ReceiveTimeOut: ReceiveTimeOut interrupt flag
* - UART_RawIT_Transmit: Transmit interrupt flag
* - UART_RawIT_Receive: Receive interrupt flag
* - UART_RawIT_CTS: CTS interrupt flag
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of UART_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus UART_GetFlagStatus(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_FLAG)
{
u32 UARTReg = 0, FlagPos = 0;
u32 StatusReg = 0;
/* Get the UART register index */
UARTReg = UART_FLAG >> 5;
/* Get the flag position */
FlagPos = UART_FLAG & UART_FLAG_Mask;
if(UARTReg == 1) /* The flag to check is in RSR register */
{
StatusReg = UARTx->RSR;
}
else if (UARTReg == 2) /* The flag to check is in FR register */
{
StatusReg = UARTx->FR;
}
else if(UARTReg == 3) /* The flag to check is in RIS register */
{
StatusReg = UARTx->RIS;
}
if((StatusReg & (1 << FlagPos))!= RESET)
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the UARTx’s pending flags.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* - UART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART_FLAG_OverrunError: Overrun error flag
* - UART_FLAG_Break: break error flag
* - UART_FLAG_ParityError: parity error flag
* - UART_FLAG_FrameError: frame error flag
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_ClearFlag(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_FLAG)
{
u8 FlagPos = 0;
/* Get the flag position */
FlagPos = UART_FLAG & UART_FLAG_Mask;
/* Clear the sepecified flag */
UARTx->RSR &= ~(1 << FlagPos);
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_GetITStatus
* Description : Checks whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* - UART_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART_IT_OverrunError: Overrun Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_BreakError: Break Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_ParityError: Parity Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_FrameError: Frame Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_ReceiveTimeOut: Receive Time Out interrupt
* - UART_IT_Transmit: Transmit interrupt
* - UART_IT_Receive: Receive interrupt
* - UART_IT_CTS: CTS interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of UART_IT (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
ITStatus UART_GetITStatus(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_IT)
{
if((UARTx->MIS & UART_IT) != RESET)
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : UART_ClearITPendingBit
* Description : Clears the UARTx’s interrupt pending bits.
* Input : - UARTx: where x can be 0,1or 2 to select the UART peripheral.
* - UART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* More than one interrupt can be cleared using the “|” operator.
* This parameter can be:
* - UART_IT_OverrunError: Overrun Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_BreakError: Break Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_ParityError: Parity Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_FrameError: Frame Error interrupt
* - UART_IT_ReceiveTimeOut: Receive Time Out interrupt
* - UART_IT_Transmit: Transmit interrupt
* - UART_IT_Receive: Receive interrupt
* - UART_IT_CTS: CTS interrupt
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void UART_ClearITPendingBit(UART_TypeDef* UARTx, u16 UART_IT)
{
/* Clear the specified interrupt */
UARTx->ICR = UART_IT;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

244
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/75x_wdg.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics ********************
* File Name : 75x_wdg.c
* Author : MCD Application Team
* Date First Issued : 03/10/2006
* Description : This file provides all the WDG software functions.
********************************************************************************
* History:
* 07/17/2006 : V1.0
* 03/10/2006 : V0.1
********************************************************************************
* THE PRESENT SOFTWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME.
* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE
* CONTENT OF SUCH SOFTWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING
* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*******************************************************************************/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "75x_wdg.h"
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Registers reset value */
#define WDG_Preload_Mask 0xFFFF
#define WDG_Prescaler_Mask 0xFF
/* WDG Start/Stop counter */
#define WDG_Counter_Start_Mask 0x0002
#define WDG_Counter_Stop_Mask 0xFFFD
/* WDG Sequence */
#define WDG_KeyValue1_Mask 0xA55A
#define WDG_KeyValue2_Mask 0x5AA5
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_DeInit
* Description : Deinitializes the WDG peripheral registers to their default
* reset values.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void WDG_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset all the WDG registers */
WDG->CR = 0x0000;
WDG->PR = 0x00FF;
WDG->VR = 0xFFFF;
WDG->CNT = 0xFFFF;
WDG->SR = 0x0000;
WDG->MR = 0x0000;
WDG->KR = 0x0000;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_Init
* Description : Initializes WDG peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the WDG_InitStruct.
* Input : WDG_InitStruct: pointer to a WDG_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the WDG peripheral.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void WDG_Init(WDG_InitTypeDef* WDG_InitStruct)
{
/* Configure WDG Prescaler register value */
WDG->PR = WDG_InitStruct->WDG_Prescaler;
/* Configure WDG Pre-load register value */
WDG->VR = WDG_InitStruct->WDG_Preload ;
if(WDG_InitStruct->WDG_Mode == WDG_Mode_WDG)
{
/* Select WDG mode */
WDG->CR |= WDG_Mode_WDG ;
}
else
{
/* Select Timer mode */
WDG->CR &= WDG_Mode_Timer;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_StructInit
* Description : Fills each WDG_InitStruct member with its default value.
* Input : WDG_InitStruct : pointer to a WDG_InitTypeDef structure
* which will be initialized.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void WDG_StructInit(WDG_InitTypeDef *WDG_InitStruct)
{
/* Initialize mode */
WDG_InitStruct->WDG_Mode = WDG_Mode_Timer;
/* Initialize Preload */
WDG_InitStruct->WDG_Preload = WDG_Preload_Mask ;
/* Initialize Prescaler */
WDG_InitStruct->WDG_Prescaler = WDG_Prescaler_Mask;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_Cmd
* Description : Enables or disables the WDG peripheral.
* Input : NewState: new state of the WDG peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void WDG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if((WDG->CR & WDG_Mode_WDG) == 0)
{
/* Timer mode */
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Start timer by setting SC bit in Control register */
WDG->CR |= WDG_Counter_Start_Mask;
}
else
{
/* Stop timer by clearing SC bit in Control register */
WDG->CR &= WDG_Counter_Stop_Mask;
}
}
else
{
/* Watchdog mode */
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
WDG->KR = WDG_KeyValue1_Mask;
WDG->KR = WDG_KeyValue2_Mask;
}
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_ITConfig
* Description : Enables or disables the WDG End of Count(EC) interrupt.
* Input : Newstate: new state of the WDG End of Count(EC) interrupt.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void WDG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the End of Count interrupt */
WDG->MR |= WDG_IT_EC;
}
else
{
/* Disable the End of Count interrupt */
WDG->MR &= ~WDG_IT_EC;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_GetCounter
* Description : Gets the WDG’s current counter value.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The WDG current counter value
*******************************************************************************/
u16 WDG_GetCounter(void)
{
return WDG->CNT;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_GetFlagStatus
* Description : Checks whether the WDG End of Count(EC) flag is set or not.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of WDG End of Count(EC) flag (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
FlagStatus WDG_GetFlagStatus(void)
{
if((WDG->SR & WDG_FLAG_EC) != RESET )
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_ClearFlag
* Description : Clears the WDG’s End of Count(EC) pending flag.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void WDG_ClearFlag(void)
{
/* Clear the EC pending bit */
WDG->SR &= ~WDG_FLAG_EC;
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_GetITStatus
* Description : Checks whether the WDG End of Count(EC) interrupt has
* occurred or not.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : The new state of WDG End of Count(EC) interrupt (SET or RESET).
*******************************************************************************/
ITStatus WDG_GetITStatus(void)
{
if(((WDG->SR & WDG_IT_EC) != RESET )&&((WDG->MR & WDG_IT_EC) != RESET ))
{
return SET;
}
else
{
return RESET;
}
}
/*******************************************************************************
* Function Name : WDG_ClearITPendingBit
* Description : Clears the WDG's End of Count(EC) interrupt pending bit.
* Input : None
* Output : None
* Return : None
*******************************************************************************/
void WDG_ClearITPendingBit(void)
{
/* Clear the EC pending bit */
WDG->SR &= ~WDG_IT_EC;
}
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2006 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1403
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/STLibrary/src/lcd.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

23
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/SystemFiles/STR75xFx0_DEF_FreeRTOS.ld Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
/*
Linker subscript for STR75xFx0 definitions
Copyright RAISONANCE 2005
You can use, modify and distribute thisfile freely, but without any waranty.
*/
/* Memory Spaces Definitions */
MEMORY
{
FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 128K
FLASHB1 (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x200C0000, LENGTH = 16K
RAM (xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x40000000, LENGTH = 16K
EXTMEMB0 (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x60000000, LENGTH = 16M
EXTMEMB1 (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x62000000, LENGTH = 16M
EXTMEMB2 (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x64000000, LENGTH = 16M
EXTMEMB3 (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x66000000, LENGTH = 16M
}
/* higher address of the user mode stack */
_estack = 0x40004000;

15
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/SystemFiles/STR75xFx0_FLASH_FreeRTOS.ld Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
/*
Default linker script for STR75xFx0
Copyright RAISONANCE S.A.S. 2006
*/
/* include the common STRxxx sub-script */
INCLUDE "systemfiles/STR75x_COMMON_FreeRTOS.ld"
/* include the memory spaces definitions sub-script */
INCLUDE "systemfiles/STR75xFx0_DEF_FreeRTOS.ld"
/* include the sections management sub-script for FLASH mode */
INCLUDE "systemfiles/sections_FLASH_FreeRTOS.ld"

130
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/SystemFiles/STR75x_COMMON_FreeRTOS.ld Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
/*
Common part of the linker scripts for STR75x devices
Copyright RAISONANCE 2006
You can use, modify and distribute this file freely, but without any waranty.
*/
/* Registers mapping */
FLASHR_BASE = 0x20100000 ;
FLASHPR_BASE = 0x2010DFB0 ;
CFG_BASE = 0x60000000 ;
MRCC_BASE = 0x60000020 ;
EXTMEM_BASE = 0x80000000 ;
SMI_BASE = 0x90000000 ;
DMA_BASE = 0xFFFFEC00 ;
EIC_BASE = 0xFFFFF800 ;
APB_BASE = 0xFFFF8000 ;
PROVIDE( _MRCC = MRCC_BASE );
PROVIDE( _CFG = CFG_BASE );
PROVIDE( _SMI = SMI_BASE );
PROVIDE( _DMA = DMA_BASE );
PROVIDE( _EIC = EIC_BASE );
PROVIDE( _ADC = (APB_BASE + 0x0400) );
PROVIDE( _TB = (APB_BASE + 0x0800) );
PROVIDE( _TIM0 = (APB_BASE + 0x0C00) );
PROVIDE( _TIM1 = (APB_BASE + 0x1000) );
PROVIDE( _TIM2 = (APB_BASE + 0x1400) );
PROVIDE( _PWM = (APB_BASE + 0x1800) );
PROVIDE( _USB = (APB_BASE + 0x2800) ); /* USB registers */
PROVIDE( _WDG = (APB_BASE + 0x3000) );
PROVIDE( _SSP0 = (APB_BASE + 0x3800) );
PROVIDE( _SSP1 = (APB_BASE + 0x3C00) );
PROVIDE( _CAN = (APB_BASE + 0x4400) );
PROVIDE( _I2C = (APB_BASE + 0x4C00) );
PROVIDE( _UART0 = (APB_BASE + 0x5400) );
PROVIDE( _UART1 = (APB_BASE + 0x5800) );
PROVIDE( _UART2 = (APB_BASE + 0x5C00) );
PROVIDE( _GPIO0 = (APB_BASE + 0x6400) );
PROVIDE( _GPIO1 = (APB_BASE + 0x6440) );
PROVIDE( _GPIO2 = (APB_BASE + 0x6480) );
PROVIDE( _RTC = (APB_BASE + 0x7000) );
PROVIDE( _EXTIT = (APB_BASE + 0x7400) );
/* default stack sizes.
These are used by the startup in order to allocate stacks for the different modes.
*/
__SVC_Stack_Size = 400 ;
__IRQ_Stack_Size = 400 ;
__USR_Stack_Size = 4 ;
__FIQ_Stack_Size = 4 ;
__ABT_Stack_Size = 0 ;
__UND_Stack_Size = 0 ;
__SVC_Stack_Init = _estack ;
__IRQ_Stack_Init = __SVC_Stack_Init - __SVC_Stack_Size ;
__USR_Stack_Init = __IRQ_Stack_Init - __IRQ_Stack_Size ;
__FIQ_Stack_Init = __USR_Stack_Init - __USR_Stack_Size ;
__ABT_Stack_Init = __FIQ_Stack_Init - __FIQ_Stack_Size ;
__UND_Stack_Init = __ABT_Stack_Init - __ABT_Stack_Size ;
/*"PROVIDE" allows to easily override these values from an object file or the commmand line.*/
PROVIDE ( _SVC_Stack_Init = __SVC_Stack_Init ) ;
PROVIDE ( _IRQ_Stack_Init = __IRQ_Stack_Init ) ;
PROVIDE ( _USR_Stack_Init = __USR_Stack_Init ) ;
PROVIDE ( _FIQ_Stack_Init = __FIQ_Stack_Init ) ;
PROVIDE ( _ABT_Stack_Init = __ABT_Stack_Init ) ;
PROVIDE ( _UND_Stack_Init = __UND_Stack_Init ) ;
/*
the user mode stack is an exception because we want it at the end of the RAM.
therefore, we just check against a minimum.
The value below is the minimum memory required for ALL THE STACKS.
There will be a link error if there is not this amount of RAM free at the end.
*/
_Minimum_Stack_Size = 0xC00 ;
/* default ISR addresses.
The startup needs these addresses defined from another object file.
In case they are not, these PROVIDEs redirect them to the Reset.
_start must be defined, usually in the startup.
*/
PROVIDE( SWI_Handler = _start );
PROVIDE( Undefined_Handler = _start );
PROVIDE( Prefetch_Handler = _start );
PROVIDE( Abort_Handler = _start );
PROVIDE( IRQ_Handler = _start ); /* <-- needed ? */
PROVIDE( FIQ_Handler = _start );
PROVIDE( WAKUP_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM2_OC2_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM2_OC1_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM2_IC12_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM2_UP_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM1_OC2_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM1_OC1_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM1_IC12_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM1_UP_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM0_OC2_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM0_OC1_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM0_IC12_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TIM0_UP_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( PWM_OC123_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( PWM_EM_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( PWM_UP_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( I2C_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( SSP1_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( SSP0_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( UART2_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( UART1_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( UART0_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( CAN_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( USB_LPI_RQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( USB_HP_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( ADC_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( DMA_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( EXTIT_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( MRCC_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( FLASHSMI_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( RTC_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( TB_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( USB_LP_IRQHandler = _start );
PROVIDE( USB_HP_IRQHandler = _start );

1058
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/SystemFiles/crt0_STR75x_FreeRTOS.s Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

190
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/SystemFiles/sections_FLASH_FreeRTOS.ld Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
/*
Common part of the linker scripts for STR71x devices in FLASH mode
(that is, the FLASH is seen at 0)
Copyright RAISONANCE 2005
You can use, modify and distribute thisfile freely, but without any waranty.
*/
/* Sections Definitions */
SECTIONS
{
/* the beginning of the startup code is stored in the .flashtext section, which goes to FLASH */
.flashtext :
{
. = ALIGN(4);
*(.flashtext) /* Startup code */
. = ALIGN(4);
} >FLASH
/* the program code is stored in the .text section, which goes to Flash */
.text :
{
. = ALIGN(4);
*(.text) /* remaining code */
*(.rodata) /* read-only data (constants) */
*(.rodata*)
*(.glue_7)
*(.glue_7t)
. = ALIGN(4);
_etext = .;
/* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .data secion */
_sidata = _etext;
} >FLASH
/* This is the initialized data section
The program executes knowing that the data is in the RAM
but the loader puts the initial values in the FLASH (inidata).
It is one task of the startup to copy the initial values from FLASH to RAM. */
.data : AT ( _sidata )
{
. = ALIGN(4);
/* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .data secion */
_sdata = . ;
*(.data)
. = ALIGN(4);
/* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .data secion */
_edata = . ;
} >RAM
/* This is the uninitialized data section */
.bss :
{
. = ALIGN(4);
/* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */
_sbss = .;
*(.bss)
*(COMMON)
. = ALIGN(4);
/* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */
_ebss = . ;
} >RAM
PROVIDE ( end = _ebss );
PROVIDE ( _end = _ebss );
/* This is the user stack section
This is just to check that there is enough RAM left for the User mode stack
It should generate an error if it's full.
*/
._usrstack :
{
. = ALIGN(4);
_susrstack = . ;
. = . + _Minimum_Stack_Size ;
. = ALIGN(4);
_eusrstack = . ;
} >RAM
/* this is the FLASH Bank1 */
/* the C or assembly source must explicitly place the code or data there
using the "section" attribute */
.b1text :
{
*(.b1text) /* remaining code */
*(.b1rodata) /* read-only data (constants) */
*(.b1rodata*)
} >FLASHB1
/* this is the EXTMEM */
/* the C or assembly source must explicitly place the code or data there
using the "section" attribute */
/* EXTMEM Bank0 */
.eb0text :
{
*(.eb0text) /* remaining code */
*(.eb0rodata) /* read-only data (constants) */
*(.eb0rodata*)
} >EXTMEMB0
/* EXTMEM Bank1 */
.eb1text :
{
*(.eb1text) /* remaining code */
*(.eb1rodata) /* read-only data (constants) */
*(.eb1rodata*)
} >EXTMEMB1
/* EXTMEM Bank2 */
.eb2text :
{
*(.eb2text) /* remaining code */
*(.eb2rodata) /* read-only data (constants) */
*(.eb2rodata*)
} >EXTMEMB2
/* EXTMEM Bank0 */
.eb3text :
{
*(.eb3text) /* remaining code */
*(.eb3rodata) /* read-only data (constants) */
*(.eb3rodata*)
} >EXTMEMB3
/* after that it's only debugging information. */
/* remove the debugging information from the standard libraries */
DISCARD :
{
libc.a ( * )
libm.a ( * )
libgcc.a ( * )
}
/* Stabs debugging sections. */
.stab 0 : { *(.stab) }
.stabstr 0 : { *(.stabstr) }
.stab.excl 0 : { *(.stab.excl) }
.stab.exclstr 0 : { *(.stab.exclstr) }
.stab.index 0 : { *(.stab.index) }
.stab.indexstr 0 : { *(.stab.indexstr) }
.comment 0 : { *(.comment) }
/* DWARF debug sections.
Symbols in the DWARF debugging sections are relative to the beginning
of the section so we begin them at 0. */
/* DWARF 1 */
.debug 0 : { *(.debug) }
.line 0 : { *(.line) }
/* GNU DWARF 1 extensions */
.debug_srcinfo 0 : { *(.debug_srcinfo) }
.debug_sfnames 0 : { *(.debug_sfnames) }
/* DWARF 1.1 and DWARF 2 */
.debug_aranges 0 : { *(.debug_aranges) }
.debug_pubnames 0 : { *(.debug_pubnames) }
/* DWARF 2 */
.debug_info 0 : { *(.debug_info .gnu.linkonce.wi.*) }
.debug_abbrev 0 : { *(.debug_abbrev) }
.debug_line 0 : { *(.debug_line) }
.debug_frame 0 : { *(.debug_frame) }
.debug_str 0 : { *(.debug_str) }
.debug_loc 0 : { *(.debug_loc) }
.debug_macinfo 0 : { *(.debug_macinfo) }
/* SGI/MIPS DWARF 2 extensions */
.debug_weaknames 0 : { *(.debug_weaknames) }
.debug_funcnames 0 : { *(.debug_funcnames) }
.debug_typenames 0 : { *(.debug_typenames) }
.debug_varnames 0 : { *(.debug_varnames) }
}

318
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/main.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
/*
FreeRTOS.org V4.1.2 - Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Richard Barry.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS.org distribution.
FreeRTOS.org is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
FreeRTOS.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with FreeRTOS.org; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
A special exception to the GPL can be applied should you wish to distribute
a combined work that includes FreeRTOS.org, without being obliged to provide
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details of how and when the exception
can be applied.
***************************************************************************
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org for documentation, latest information, license
and contact details. Please ensure to read the configuration and relevant
port sections of the online documentation.
***************************************************************************
*/
/*
* Creates all the demo application tasks, then starts the scheduler. The WEB
* documentation provides more details of the demo application tasks.
*
* In addition to the standard demo tasks there are two tasks defined within
* this file:
*
* 1 - The check task
* The 'check' task is responsible for ensuring that all the standard demo
* tasks are executing as expected. It only executes every three seconds, but
* has the highest priority within the system so is guaranteed to get execution
* time. Any errors discovered by the check task are latched until the
* processor is reset. At the end of each cycle the check task sends either
* a pass or fail message to the 'print' task for display on the LCD.
*
* 2 - The print task
* The print task is the LCD 'gatekeeper'. That is, it is the only task that
* should access the LCD directly so is always guaranteed exclusive (and
* therefore consistent) access. The print task simply blocks on a queue
* to wait for messages from other tasks wishing to display text on the LCD.
* When a message arrives it displays its contents on the LCD then blocks to
* wait again.
*/
/* ST includes. */
#include "lcd.h"
/* Kernel includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "Task.h"
#include "Queue.h"
/* Demo application includes. */
#include "ParTest.h"
#include "flash.h"
#include "integer.h"
#include "blocktim.h"
#include "BlockQ.h"
#include "comtest2.h"
#include "dynamic.h"
/* Demo application task priorities. */
#define mainCHECK_TASK_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 4 )
#define mainBLOCK_Q_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 2 )
#define mainLED_TASK_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 )
#define mainCOM_TEST_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 )
#define mainLCD_TASK_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 )
/* How often should we check the other tasks? */
#define mainCHECK_TASK_CYCLE_TIME ( 3000 )
/* The maximum offset into the pass and fail strings sent to the LCD. An
offset is used a simple method of using a different column each time a message
is written to the LCD. */
#define mainMAX_WRITE_COLUMN ( 14 )
/* Baud rate used by the comtest tasks. */
#define mainCOM_TEST_BAUD_RATE ( 19200 )
/* The LED used by the comtest tasks. See the comtest.c file for more
information. */
#define mainCOM_TEST_LED ( 3 )
/* The number of messages that can be queued for display on the LCD at any one
time. */
#define mainLCD_QUEUE_LENGTH ( 2 )
/* The time to wait when sending to mainLCD_QUEUE_LENGTH. */
#define mainNO_DELAY ( 0 )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The type that is posted to the LCD queue. */
typedef struct LCD_MESSAGE
{
unsigned portCHAR *pucString; /* Points to the string to be displayed. */
unsigned portCHAR ucLine; /* The line of the LCD that should be used. */
} LCDMessage;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* The task that executes at the highest priority and checks the operation of
* all the other tasks in the system. See the description at the top of the
* file.
*/
static void vCheckTask( void *pvParameters );
/*
* ST provided routine to configure the processor.
*/
static void prvSetupHardware(void);
/*
* The only task that should access the LCD. Other tasks wanting to write
* to the LCD should send a message of type LCDMessage containing the
* information to display to the print task. The print task simply blocks
* waiting for the arrival of such messages, displays the message, then blocks
* again.
*/
static void vPrintTask( void *pvParameters );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The queue used to communicate with the LCD print task. */
static xQueueHandle xLCDQueue;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Create all the demo application tasks, then start the scheduler. */
int main( void )
{
/* Perform any hardware setup necessary. */
prvSetupHardware();
vParTestInitialise();
/* Create the queue used to communicate with the LCD print task. */
xLCDQueue = xQueueCreate( mainLCD_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( LCDMessage ) );
/* Create the standard demo application tasks. See the WEB documentation
for more information on these tasks. */
vCreateBlockTimeTasks();
vStartBlockingQueueTasks( mainBLOCK_Q_PRIORITY );
vAltStartComTestTasks( mainCOM_TEST_PRIORITY, mainCOM_TEST_BAUD_RATE, mainCOM_TEST_LED );
vStartDynamicPriorityTasks();
vStartLEDFlashTasks( mainLED_TASK_PRIORITY );
vStartIntegerMathTasks( tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
/* Create the tasks defined within this file. */
xTaskCreate( vPrintTask, ( signed portCHAR * ) "LCD", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, mainLCD_TASK_PRIORITY, NULL );
xTaskCreate( vCheckTask, ( signed portCHAR * ) "Check", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, mainCHECK_TASK_PRIORITY, NULL );
vTaskStartScheduler();
/* Execution will only reach here if there was insufficient heap to
start the scheduler. */
return 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void vCheckTask( void *pvParameters )
{
static unsigned portLONG ulErrorDetected = pdFALSE;
portTickType xLastExecutionTime;
unsigned portCHAR *ucErrorMessage = ( unsigned portCHAR * )" FAIL";
unsigned portCHAR *ucSuccessMessage = ( unsigned portCHAR * )" PASS";
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxColumn = mainMAX_WRITE_COLUMN;
LCDMessage xMessage;
/* Initialise xLastExecutionTime so the first call to vTaskDelayUntil()
works correctly. */
xLastExecutionTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
for( ;; )
{
/* Wait until it is time for the next cycle. */
vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastExecutionTime, mainCHECK_TASK_CYCLE_TIME );
/* Has an error been found in any of the standard demo tasks? */
if( xAreIntegerMathsTaskStillRunning() != pdTRUE )
{
ulErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xAreBlockTimeTestTasksStillRunning() != pdTRUE )
{
ulErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xAreBlockingQueuesStillRunning() != pdTRUE )
{
ulErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xAreComTestTasksStillRunning() != pdTRUE )
{
ulErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xAreDynamicPriorityTasksStillRunning() != pdTRUE )
{
ulErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Calculate the LCD line on which we would like the message to
be displayed. The column variable is used for convenience as
it is incremented each cycle anyway. */
xMessage.ucLine = ( unsigned portCHAR ) ( uxColumn & 0x01 );
/* The message displayed depends on whether an error was found or
not. Any discovered error is latched. Here the column variable
is used as an index into the text string as a simple way of moving
the text from column to column. */
if( ulErrorDetected == pdFALSE )
{
xMessage.pucString = ucSuccessMessage + uxColumn;
}
else
{
xMessage.pucString = ucErrorMessage + uxColumn;
}
/* Send the message to the print task for display. */
xQueueSend( xLCDQueue, ( void * ) &xMessage, mainNO_DELAY );
/* Make sure the message is printed in a different column the next
time around. */
uxColumn--;
if( uxColumn == 0 )
{
uxColumn = mainMAX_WRITE_COLUMN;
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void vPrintTask( void *pvParameters )
{
LCDMessage xMessage;
for( ;; )
{
/* Wait until a message arrives. */
while( xQueueReceive( xLCDQueue, ( void * ) &xMessage, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdPASS );
/* The message contains the text to display, and the line on which the
text should be displayed. */
LCD_Clear();
LCD_DisplayString( xMessage.ucLine, xMessage.pucString, BlackText );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvSetupHardware(void)
{
ErrorStatus OSC4MStartUpStatus01;
/* ST provided routine. */
/* MRCC system reset */
MRCC_DeInit();
/* Wait for OSC4M start-up */
OSC4MStartUpStatus01 = MRCC_WaitForOSC4MStartUp();
if(OSC4MStartUpStatus01 == SUCCESS)
{
/* Set HCLK to 60MHz */
MRCC_HCLKConfig(MRCC_CKSYS_Div1);
/* Set CKTIM to 60MHz */
MRCC_CKTIMConfig(MRCC_HCLK_Div1);
/* Set PCLK to 30MHz */
MRCC_PCLKConfig(MRCC_CKTIM_Div2);
/* Enable Flash Burst mode */
CFG_FLASHBurstConfig(CFG_FLASHBurst_Enable);
/* Set CK_SYS to 60 MHz */
MRCC_CKSYSConfig(MRCC_CKSYS_OSC4MPLL, MRCC_PLL_Mul_15);
}
/* GPIO pins optimized for 3V3 operation */
MRCC_IOVoltageRangeConfig(MRCC_IOVoltageRange_3V3);
/* GPIO clock source enable */
MRCC_PeripheralClockConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_GPIO, ENABLE);
/* EXTIT clock source enable */
MRCC_PeripheralClockConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_EXTIT, ENABLE);
/* TB clock source enable */
MRCC_PeripheralClockConfig(MRCC_Peripheral_TB, ENABLE);
/* Initialize the demonstration menu */
LCD_Init();
LCD_DisplayString(Line1, ( unsigned portCHAR * ) "www.FreeRTOS.org", BlackText);
LCD_DisplayString(Line2, ( unsigned portCHAR * ) " STR750 Demo ", BlackText);
EIC_IRQCmd(ENABLE);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

1594
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/rtosdemo.prj Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

226
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/serial/serial.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
/*
FreeRTOS.org V4.1.2 - Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Richard Barry.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS.org distribution.
FreeRTOS.org is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
FreeRTOS.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with FreeRTOS.org; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
A special exception to the GPL can be applied should you wish to distribute
a combined work that includes FreeRTOS.org, without being obliged to provide
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details of how and when the exception
can be applied.
***************************************************************************
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org for documentation, latest information, license
and contact details. Please ensure to read the configuration and relevant
port sections of the online documentation.
***************************************************************************
*/
/*
BASIC INTERRUPT DRIVEN SERIAL PORT DRIVER FOR UART0.
*/
/* Library includes. */
#include "75x_uart.h"
#include "75x_gpio.h"
#include "75x_eic.h"
#include "75x_mrcc.h"
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "queue.h"
/* Demo application includes. */
#include "serial.h"
#define serINVALID_QUEUE ( ( xQueueHandle ) 0 )
#define serNO_BLOCK ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Queues used to hold received characters, and characters waiting to be
transmitted. */
static xQueueHandle xRxedChars;
static xQueueHandle xCharsForTx;
static volatile portBASE_TYPE xQueueEmpty = pdTRUE;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The interrupt service routine - called from the assembly entry point. */
void vSerialISR( void );
void vConfigureQueues( xQueueHandle xQForRx, xQueueHandle xQForTx, volatile portBASE_TYPE *pxEmptyFlag );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See the serial2.h header file.
*/
xComPortHandle xSerialPortInitMinimal( unsigned portLONG ulWantedBaud, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength )
{
xComPortHandle xReturn;
UART_InitTypeDef UART_InitStructure;
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStructure;
EIC_IRQInitTypeDef EIC_IRQInitStructure;
/* Create the queues used to hold Rx and Tx characters. */
xRxedChars = xQueueCreate( uxQueueLength, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) sizeof( signed portCHAR ) );
xCharsForTx = xQueueCreate( uxQueueLength + 1, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) sizeof( signed portCHAR ) );
/* If the queues were created correctly then setup the serial port
hardware. */
if( ( xRxedChars != serINVALID_QUEUE ) && ( xCharsForTx != serINVALID_QUEUE ) )
{
vConfigureQueues( xRxedChars, xCharsForTx, &xQueueEmpty );
portENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* Enable the UART0 Clock. */
MRCC_PeripheralClockConfig( MRCC_Peripheral_UART0, ENABLE );
/* Configure the UART0_Tx as alternate function */
GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF_PP;
GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_11;
GPIO_Init(GPIO0, &GPIO_InitStructure);
/* Configure the UART0_Rx as input floating */
GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
GPIO_InitStructure.GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_10;
GPIO_Init(GPIO0, &GPIO_InitStructure);
/* Configure UART0. */
UART_InitStructure.UART_WordLength = UART_WordLength_8D;
UART_InitStructure.UART_StopBits = UART_StopBits_1;
UART_InitStructure.UART_Parity = UART_Parity_No;
UART_InitStructure.UART_BaudRate = ulWantedBaud;
UART_InitStructure.UART_HardwareFlowControl = UART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
UART_InitStructure.UART_Mode = UART_Mode_Tx_Rx;
UART_InitStructure.UART_TxFIFOLevel = UART_FIFOLevel_1_2; /* FIFO size 16 bytes, FIFO level 8 bytes */
UART_InitStructure.UART_RxFIFOLevel = UART_FIFOLevel_1_2; /* FIFO size 16 bytes, FIFO level 8 bytes */
UART_Init(UART0, &UART_InitStructure);
/* Enable the UART0 */
UART_Cmd(UART0, ENABLE);
/* Configure the IEC for the UART interrupts. */
EIC_IRQInitStructure.EIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE;
EIC_IRQInitStructure.EIC_IRQChannel = UART0_IRQChannel;
EIC_IRQInitStructure.EIC_IRQChannelPriority = 1;
EIC_IRQInit(&EIC_IRQInitStructure);
xQueueEmpty = pdTRUE;
UART_ITConfig( UART0, UART_IT_Transmit | UART_IT_Receive, ENABLE );
}
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
else
{
xReturn = ( xComPortHandle ) 0;
}
/* This demo file only supports a single port but we have to return
something to comply with the standard demo header file. */
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
signed portBASE_TYPE xSerialGetChar( xComPortHandle pxPort, signed portCHAR *pcRxedChar, portTickType xBlockTime )
{
/* The port handle is not required as this driver only supports one port. */
( void ) pxPort;
/* Get the next character from the buffer. Return false if no characters
are available, or arrive before xBlockTime expires. */
if( xQueueReceive( xRxedChars, pcRxedChar, xBlockTime ) )
{
return pdTRUE;
}
else
{
return pdFALSE;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vSerialPutString( xComPortHandle pxPort, const signed portCHAR * const pcString, unsigned portSHORT usStringLength )
{
signed portCHAR *pxNext;
/* A couple of parameters that this port does not use. */
( void ) usStringLength;
( void ) pxPort;
/* NOTE: This implementation does not handle the queue being full as no
block time is used! */
/* The port handle is not required as this driver only supports UART0. */
( void ) pxPort;
/* Send each character in the string, one at a time. */
pxNext = ( signed portCHAR * ) pcString;
while( *pxNext )
{
xSerialPutChar( pxPort, *pxNext, serNO_BLOCK );
pxNext++;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
signed portBASE_TYPE xSerialPutChar( xComPortHandle pxPort, signed portCHAR cOutChar, portTickType xBlockTime )
{
portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
/* Place the character in the queue of characters to be transmitted. */
portENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( xQueueEmpty == pdTRUE )
{
UART0->DR = cOutChar;
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
if( xQueueSend( xCharsForTx, &cOutChar, xBlockTime ) != pdPASS )
{
xReturn = pdFAIL;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
}
xQueueEmpty = pdFALSE;
}
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vSerialClose( xComPortHandle xPort )
{
/* Not supported as not required by the demo application. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

93
Demo/ARM7_STR75x_GCC/serial/serialISR.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/*
FreeRTOS.org V4.1.2 - Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Richard Barry.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS.org distribution.
FreeRTOS.org is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
FreeRTOS.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with FreeRTOS.org; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
A special exception to the GPL can be applied should you wish to distribute
a combined work that includes FreeRTOS.org, without being obliged to provide
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details of how and when the exception
can be applied.
***************************************************************************
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org for documentation, latest information, license
and contact details. Please ensure to read the configuration and relevant
port sections of the online documentation.
***************************************************************************
*/
/* Library includes. */
#include "75x_uart.h"
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "queue.h"
static xQueueHandle xRxedChars;
static xQueueHandle xCharsForTx;
static portBASE_TYPE volatile *pxQueueEmpty;
void vConfigureQueues( xQueueHandle xQForRx, xQueueHandle xQForTx, portBASE_TYPE volatile *pxEmptyFlag )
{
xRxedChars = xQForRx;
xCharsForTx = xQForTx;
pxQueueEmpty = pxEmptyFlag;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vSerialISR( void )
{
signed portCHAR cChar;
portBASE_TYPE xTaskWokenByTx = pdFALSE, xTaskWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
do
{
if( UART0->MIS & UART_IT_Transmit )
{
/* The interrupt was caused by the THR becoming empty. Are there any
more characters to transmit? */
if( xQueueReceiveFromISR( xCharsForTx, &cChar, &xTaskWokenByTx ) == pdTRUE )
{
/* A character was retrieved from the queue so can be sent to the
THR now. */
UART0->DR = cChar;
}
else
{
*pxQueueEmpty = pdTRUE;
}
UART_ClearITPendingBit( UART0, UART_IT_Transmit );
}
if( UART0->MIS & UART_IT_Receive )
{
/* The interrupt was caused by a character being received. Grab the
character from the RHR and place it in the queue of received
characters. */
cChar = UART0->DR;
xTaskWokenByPost = xQueueSendFromISR( xRxedChars, &cChar, xTaskWokenByPost );
UART_ClearITPendingBit( UART0, UART_IT_Receive );
}
} while( UART0->MIS );
/* If a task was woken by either a character being received or a character
being transmitted then we may need to switch to another task. */
portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( ( xTaskWokenByPost || xTaskWokenByTx ) );
}

199
Source/portable/GCC/STR75x/port.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/*
FreeRTOS.org V4.1.2 - Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Richard Barry.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS.org distribution.
FreeRTOS.org is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
FreeRTOS.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with FreeRTOS.org; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
A special exception to the GPL can be applied should you wish to distribute
a combined work that includes FreeRTOS.org, without being obliged to provide
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details of how and when the exception
can be applied.
***************************************************************************
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org for documentation, latest information, license
and contact details. Please ensure to read the configuration and relevant
port sections of the online documentation.
***************************************************************************
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ST STR75x ARM7
* port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Library includes. */
#include "75x_tb.h"
#include "75x_eic.h"
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
/* Constants required to setup the initial stack. */
#define portINITIAL_SPSR ( ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x1f ) /* System mode, ARM mode, interrupts enabled. */
#define portTHUMB_MODE_BIT ( ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x20 )
#define portINSTRUCTION_SIZE ( ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 4 )
/* Constants required to handle critical sections. */
#define portNO_CRITICAL_NESTING ( ( unsigned portLONG ) 0 )
/* Prescale used on the timer clock when calculating the tick period. */
#define portPRESCALE 20
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Setup the watchdog to generate the tick interrupts. */
static void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Initialise the stack of a task to look exactly as if a call to
* portSAVE_CONTEXT had been called.
*
* See header file for description.
*/
portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters )
{
portSTACK_TYPE *pxOriginalTOS;
pxOriginalTOS = pxTopOfStack;
/* Setup the initial stack of the task. The stack is set exactly as
expected by the portRESTORE_CONTEXT() macro. */
/* First on the stack is the return address - which in this case is the
start of the task. The offset is added to make the return address appear
as it would within an IRQ ISR. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pxCode + portINSTRUCTION_SIZE;
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0xaaaaaaaa; /* R14 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pxOriginalTOS; /* Stack used when task starts goes in R13. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x12121212; /* R12 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x11111111; /* R11 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x10101010; /* R10 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x09090909; /* R9 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x08080808; /* R8 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x07070707; /* R7 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x06060606; /* R6 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x05050505; /* R5 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x04040404; /* R4 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x03030303; /* R3 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x02020202; /* R2 */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x01010101; /* R1 */
pxTopOfStack--;
/* When the task starts is will expect to find the function parameter in
R0. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
pxTopOfStack--;
/* The status register is set for system mode, with interrupts enabled. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) portINITIAL_SPSR;
#ifdef THUMB_INTERWORK
{
/* We want the task to start in thumb mode. */
*pxTopOfStack |= portTHUMB_MODE_BIT;
}
#endif
pxTopOfStack--;
/* Interrupt flags cannot always be stored on the stack and will
instead be stored in a variable, which is then saved as part of the
tasks context. */
*pxTopOfStack = portNO_CRITICAL_NESTING;
return pxTopOfStack;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void )
{
extern void vPortISRStartFirstTask( void );
/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
here already. */
prvSetupTimerInterrupt();
/* Start the first task. */
vPortISRStartFirstTask();
/* Should not get here! */
return 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void )
{
/* It is unlikely that the ARM port will require this function as there
is nothing to return to. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
{
EIC_IRQInitTypeDef EIC_IRQInitStructure;
TB_InitTypeDef TB_InitStructure;
/* Setup the EIC for the TB. */
EIC_IRQInitStructure.EIC_IRQChannelCmd = ENABLE;
EIC_IRQInitStructure.EIC_IRQChannel = TB_IRQChannel;
EIC_IRQInitStructure.EIC_IRQChannelPriority = 1;
EIC_IRQInit(&EIC_IRQInitStructure);
/* Setup the TB for the generation of the tick interrupt. */
TB_InitStructure.TB_Mode = TB_Mode_Timing;
TB_InitStructure.TB_CounterMode = TB_CounterMode_Down;
TB_InitStructure.TB_Prescaler = portPRESCALE;
TB_InitStructure.TB_AutoReload = ( ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / ( portPRESCALE + 1 ) ) / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) + 1;
TB_Init(&TB_InitStructure);
/* Enable TB Update interrupt */
TB_ITConfig(TB_IT_Update, ENABLE);
/* Clear TB Update interrupt pending bit */
TB_ClearITPendingBit(TB_IT_Update);
/* Enable TB */
TB_Cmd(ENABLE);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

197
Source/portable/GCC/STR75x/portISR.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
/*
FreeRTOS.org V4.1.2 - Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Richard Barry.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS.org distribution.
FreeRTOS.org is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
FreeRTOS.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with FreeRTOS.org; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
A special exception to the GPL can be applied should you wish to distribute
a combined work that includes FreeRTOS.org, without being obliged to provide
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details of how and when the exception
can be applied.
***************************************************************************
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org for documentation, latest information, license
and contact details. Please ensure to read the configuration and relevant
port sections of the online documentation.
***************************************************************************
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Components that can be compiled to either ARM or THUMB mode are
* contained in port.c The ISR routines, which can only be compiled
* to ARM mode, are contained in this file.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
/* Constants required to handle interrupts. */
#define portTIMER_MATCH_ISR_BIT ( ( unsigned portCHAR ) 0x01 )
#define portCLEAR_VIC_INTERRUPT ( ( unsigned portLONG ) 0 )
/* Constants required to handle critical sections. */
#define portNO_CRITICAL_NESTING ( ( unsigned portLONG ) 0 )
volatile unsigned portLONG ulCriticalNesting = 9999UL;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* The scheduler can only be started from ARM mode, hence the inclusion of this
* function here.
*/
void vPortISRStartFirstTask( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortISRStartFirstTask( void )
{
/* Simply start the scheduler. This is included here as it can only be
called from ARM mode. */
asm volatile ( \
"LDR R0, =pxCurrentTCB \n\t" \
"LDR R0, [R0] \n\t" \
"LDR LR, [R0] \n\t" \
\
/* The critical nesting depth is the first item on the stack. */ \
/* Load it into the ulCriticalNesting variable. */ \
"LDR R0, =ulCriticalNesting \n\t" \
"LDMFD LR!, {R1} \n\t" \
"STR R1, [R0] \n\t" \
\
/* Get the SPSR from the stack. */ \
"LDMFD LR!, {R0} \n\t" \
"MSR SPSR, R0 \n\t" \
\
/* Restore all system mode registers for the task. */ \
"LDMFD LR, {R0-R14}^ \n\t" \
"NOP \n\t" \
\
/* Restore the return address. */ \
"LDR LR, [LR, #+60] \n\t" \
\
/* And return - correcting the offset in the LR to obtain the */ \
/* correct address. */ \
"SUBS PC, LR, #4 \n\t" \
); \
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The preemptive scheduler is defined as "naked" as the full context is
saved on entry as part of the context switch. */
void vPortTickISR( void )
{
/* Increment the RTOS tick count, then look for the highest priority
task that is ready to run. */
vTaskIncrementTick();
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1
vTaskSwitchContext();
#endif
/* Ready for the next interrupt. */
TB_ClearITPendingBit( TB_IT_Update );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* The interrupt management utilities can only be called from ARM mode. When
* THUMB_INTERWORK is defined the utilities are defined as functions here to
* ensure a switch to ARM mode. When THUMB_INTERWORK is not defined then
* the utilities are defined as macros in portmacro.h - as per other ports.
*/
#ifdef THUMB_INTERWORK
void vPortDisableInterruptsFromThumb( void ) __attribute__ ((naked));
void vPortEnableInterruptsFromThumb( void ) __attribute__ ((naked));
void vPortDisableInterruptsFromThumb( void )
{
asm volatile (
"STMDB SP!, {R0} \n\t" /* Push R0. */
"MRS R0, CPSR \n\t" /* Get CPSR. */
"ORR R0, R0, #0xC0 \n\t" /* Disable IRQ, FIQ. */
"MSR CPSR, R0 \n\t" /* Write back modified value. */
"LDMIA SP!, {R0} \n\t" /* Pop R0. */
"BX R14" ); /* Return back to thumb. */
}
void vPortEnableInterruptsFromThumb( void )
{
asm volatile (
"STMDB SP!, {R0} \n\t" /* Push R0. */
"MRS R0, CPSR \n\t" /* Get CPSR. */
"BIC R0, R0, #0xC0 \n\t" /* Enable IRQ, FIQ. */
"MSR CPSR, R0 \n\t" /* Write back modified value. */
"LDMIA SP!, {R0} \n\t" /* Pop R0. */
"BX R14" ); /* Return back to thumb. */
}
#endif /* THUMB_INTERWORK */
/* The code generated by the GCC compiler uses the stack in different ways at
different optimisation levels. The interrupt flags can therefore not always
be saved to the stack. Instead the critical section nesting level is stored
in a variable, which is then saved as part of the stack context. */
void vPortEnterCritical( void )
{
/* Disable interrupts as per portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); */
asm volatile (
"STMDB SP!, {R0} \n\t" /* Push R0. */
"MRS R0, CPSR \n\t" /* Get CPSR. */
"ORR R0, R0, #0xC0 \n\t" /* Disable IRQ, FIQ. */
"MSR CPSR, R0 \n\t" /* Write back modified value. */
"LDMIA SP!, {R0}" ); /* Pop R0. */
/* Now interrupts are disabled ulCriticalNesting can be accessed
directly. Increment ulCriticalNesting to keep a count of how many times
portENTER_CRITICAL() has been called. */
ulCriticalNesting++;
}
void vPortExitCritical( void )
{
if( ulCriticalNesting > portNO_CRITICAL_NESTING )
{
/* Decrement the nesting count as we are leaving a critical section. */
ulCriticalNesting--;
/* If the nesting level has reached zero then interrupts should be
re-enabled. */
if( ulCriticalNesting == portNO_CRITICAL_NESTING )
{
/* Enable interrupts as per portEXIT_CRITICAL(). */
asm volatile (
"STMDB SP!, {R0} \n\t" /* Push R0. */
"MRS R0, CPSR \n\t" /* Get CPSR. */
"BIC R0, R0, #0xC0 \n\t" /* Enable IRQ, FIQ. */
"MSR CPSR, R0 \n\t" /* Write back modified value. */
"LDMIA SP!, {R0}" ); /* Pop R0. */
}
}
}

137
Source/portable/GCC/STR75x/portmacro.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/*
FreeRTOS.org V4.1.2 - Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Richard Barry.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS.org distribution.
FreeRTOS.org is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
FreeRTOS.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with FreeRTOS.org; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
A special exception to the GPL can be applied should you wish to distribute
a combined work that includes FreeRTOS.org, without being obliged to provide
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details of how and when the exception
can be applied.
***************************************************************************
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org for documentation, latest information, license
and contact details. Please ensure to read the configuration and relevant
port sections of the online documentation.
***************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
#define PORTMACRO_H
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Port specific definitions.
*
* The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
* given hardware and compiler.
*
* These settings should not be altered.
*-----------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Type definitions. */
#define portCHAR char
#define portFLOAT float
#define portDOUBLE double
#define portLONG long
#define portSHORT short
#define portSTACK_TYPE unsigned portLONG
#define portBASE_TYPE portLONG
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
typedef unsigned portSHORT portTickType;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffff
#else
typedef unsigned portLONG portTickType;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffffffff
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Hardware specifics. */
#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
#define portTICK_RATE_MS ( ( portTickType ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 4
#define portYIELD() asm volatile ( "SWI 0" )
#define portNOP() asm volatile ( "NOP" )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Critical section handling. */
/*
* The interrupt management utilities can only be called from ARM mode. When
* THUMB_INTERWORK is defined the utilities are defined as functions in
* portISR.c to ensure a switch to ARM mode. When THUMB_INTERWORK is not
* defined then the utilities are defined as macros here - as per other ports.
*/
#ifdef THUMB_INTERWORK
extern void vPortDisableInterruptsFromThumb( void ) __attribute__ ((naked));
extern void vPortEnableInterruptsFromThumb( void ) __attribute__ ((naked));
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortDisableInterruptsFromThumb()
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortEnableInterruptsFromThumb()
#else
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() \
asm volatile ( \
"STMDB SP!, {R0} \n\t" /* Push R0. */ \
"MRS R0, CPSR \n\t" /* Get CPSR. */ \
"ORR R0, R0, #0xC0 \n\t" /* Disable IRQ, FIQ. */ \
"MSR CPSR, R0 \n\t" /* Write back modified value. */ \
"LDMIA SP!, {R0} " ) /* Pop R0. */
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() \
asm volatile ( \
"STMDB SP!, {R0} \n\t" /* Push R0. */ \
"MRS R0, CPSR \n\t" /* Get CPSR. */ \
"BIC R0, R0, #0xC0 \n\t" /* Enable IRQ, FIQ. */ \
"MSR CPSR, R0 \n\t" /* Write back modified value. */ \
"LDMIA SP!, {R0} " ) /* Pop R0. */
#endif /* THUMB_INTERWORK */
extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical();
#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical();
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Task utilities. */
#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) \
{ \
extern void vTaskSwitchContext( void ); \
\
if( xSwitchRequired ) \
{ \
vTaskSwitchContext(); \
} \
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Compiler specifics */
#define inline
/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. */
#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void * pvParameters )
#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void * pvParameters )
#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */